US20170122938A1 - Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles - Google Patents
Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170122938A1 US20170122938A1 US15/339,654 US201615339654A US2017122938A1 US 20170122938 A1 US20170122938 A1 US 20170122938A1 US 201615339654 A US201615339654 A US 201615339654A US 2017122938 A1 US2017122938 A1 US 2017122938A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- nucleic acid
- nanoparticle
- aunps
- moiety
- substituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 307
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 279
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 155
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 129
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 112
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 89
- -1 —CONH2 Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000006588 heterocycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 12
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002082 metal nanoparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 7
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910005948 SO2Cl Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce] GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 18
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 133
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 101
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 100
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 84
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 80
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 76
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 70
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 65
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 42
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 41
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 35
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 35
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 29
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 29
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 22
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 21
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 17
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 241000588626 Acinetobacter baumannii Species 0.000 description 15
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 14
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 14
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 12
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical class O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000004630 atomic force microscopy Methods 0.000 description 10
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 9
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 9
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 8
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- OZFAFGSSMRRTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4-dichlorophenyl) benzenesulfonate Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OZFAFGSSMRRTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012591 Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline Substances 0.000 description 5
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000004676 glycans Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical group O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001540 azides Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003673 groundwater Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoformic acid Chemical class OC(=O)P(O)(O)=O ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010008532 Deoxyribonuclease I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007260 Deoxyribonuclease I Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091027757 Deoxyribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 3
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013535 sea water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 210000002437 synoviocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002371 ultraviolet--visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UGZAJZLUKVKCBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-sulfanylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCCCS UGZAJZLUKVKCBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000009020 BCA Protein Assay Kit Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000005698 Diels-Alder reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710084280 Immunodominant staphylococcal antigen B Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical group CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010090665 Mannosyl-Glycoprotein Endo-beta-N-Acetylglucosaminidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000632646 Staphylococcus aureus Thermonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical group O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013505 freshwater Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001690 micro-dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001151 peptidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUYJLQHKOGNDPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CP(O)(O)=O XUYJLQHKOGNDPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007974 sodium acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- NYEZZYQZRQDLEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazole Chemical group CCC1=NCCO1 NYEZZYQZRQDLEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- VEONRKLBSGQZRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[6-[6-[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethoxy]hexyldisulfanyl]hexoxy-[di(propan-2-yl)amino]phosphanyl]oxypropanenitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(OCCCCCCSSCCCCCCOP(OCCC#N)N(C(C)C)C(C)C)(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VEONRKLBSGQZRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004406 C3-C8 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)C Chemical compound CCC(C)C QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXDHCNNESPLIKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC(C)C Chemical compound CCCCC(C)C GXDHCNNESPLIKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010065152 Coagulase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011409 Cross infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000003794 Gram staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000940871 Homo sapiens Endonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical group CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-ZXPFJRLXSA-N L-methionine (R)-S-oxide Chemical group C[S@@](=O)CC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-ZXPFJRLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-methionine sulphoxide Chemical group CS(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006957 Michael reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001655327 Micrococcales Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100241454 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) nuc-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034217 Non-secretory ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010079246 OMPA outer membrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- LYNKVJADAPZJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-H P([O-])([O-])=O.[B+3].P([O-])([O-])=O.P([O-])([O-])=O.[B+3] Chemical compound P([O-])([O-])=O.[B+3].P([O-])([O-])=O.P([O-])([O-])=O.[B+3] LYNKVJADAPZJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-NQAPHZHOSA-N Sorbitol Polymers OCC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-NQAPHZHOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000256248 Spodoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000010632 Transcription Factor Activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- IHWJXGQYRBHUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].[Pt] Chemical compound [Ag].[Pt] IHWJXGQYRBHUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKWTVSLWAPBBKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N a1010_sial Chemical compound O=[As]O[As]=O IKWTVSLWAPBBKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N aldehydo-D-ribose 5-phosphate Chemical group OP(=O)(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002744 anti-aggregatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006187 aquazol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000413 arsenic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002594 arsenic trioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carboxyglutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC(C(O)=O)C(O)=O UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002771 cell marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000420 cerium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009614 chemical analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012069 chiral reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004737 colorimetric analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002577 cryoprotective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014670 detection of bacterium Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ANCLJVISBRWUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N diaminophosphinic acid Chemical compound NP(N)(O)=O ANCLJVISBRWUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007336 electrophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960005102 foscarnet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002303 glucose derivatives Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002304 glucoses Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Polymers C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N iodine-125 Chemical compound [125I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044173 iodine-125 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HVTICUPFWKNHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoethane Chemical compound CCI HVTICUPFWKNHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005067 joint tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonic acid Chemical compound CP(O)(O)=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-O methylsulfide anion Chemical compound [SH2+]C LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091005601 modified peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150100619 nuc gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150015886 nuc-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoceriooxy)cerium Chemical compound [Ce]=O.O=[Ce]=O BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002743 phosphorus functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005642 phosphothioate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001583 poly(oxyethylated polyols) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010066527 ribonuclease U Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003290 ribose derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007659 semicarbazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011895 specific detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005717 substituted cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002128 sulfonyl halide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005222 synovial tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002627 tracheal intubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002211 ultraviolet spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000733 zeta-potential measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/551—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being inorganic
- G01N33/553—Metal or metal coated
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54313—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being characterised by its particulate form
- G01N33/54346—Nanoparticles
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
- G01N2021/6439—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/195—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from bacteria
- G01N2333/305—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F)
- G01N2333/31—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F) from Staphylococcus (G)
Definitions
- a functionalized nanoparticle in one aspect, includes a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. And (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein including embodiments thereof.
- a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a plurality of cleaved nanoparticles. (iii) The plurality of cleaved nanoparticles are allowed to bind to each other, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- FIGS. 1A-1B Characterization of Oligo-AuNPs and aggregation of the Oligo-AuNPs after MN treatment.
- FIG. 1A Oligo-AuNPs were tested by adding in MN and CaCl 2 followed by a 5 minute incubation in a 37° C. water bath after which a color change from red to purple occurred.
- FIG. 1B Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.05 ⁇ M MN or RNase A. The ⁇ max of the Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN is seen to shift from 530 nm to 570 nm and the solution experienced a color change from red to purple within 5 minutes.
- FIGS. 2A-2F Specificity of Oligo-AuNPs to Micrococcal Nuclease.
- FIG. 2A 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection The limit of detection of Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN was 0.04 ⁇ M.
- FIG. 2B Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.04 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 2C There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN
- FIG. 2D There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN
- FIG. 2E Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M RNase A.
- FIG. 2F There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M RNase A.
- FIGS. 3A-D Oligo-AuNP mechanism of detection.
- FIG. 3A The limit of detection of 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN was 0.020 ⁇ M.
- FIG. 3B Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.020 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 3C The limit of detection of 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs treated with RNase A was 0.010 ⁇ M.
- FIG. 3D Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.010 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M RNase A.
- FIGS. 4A-4G The Oligo-AuNPs could be lyophilized for long-term storage and reconstituted in water or sample of interest.
- FIG. 4B Shows that after lyophilization, 200 ⁇ L of H 2 O spiked with various concentration of MN were used to re-disperse the Oligo-AuNPs. The limit of detection of the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs was determined to be 0.040 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 4C Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 4D Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 4E Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN spiked in creek water.
- FIG. 4F The limit of detection of lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN-spiked ocean water was 4.958 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 4G Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN spiked in ocean water.
- FIGS. 5A-5D Oligo-AuNPs were treated with various bacterial supernatants.
- FIG. 5A The various S. aureus supernatants caused aggregation to occur and the ⁇ max to shift from 530 nm to 570 nm.
- FIG. 5B Treatment with various S. aureus supernatants resulted in a color change from red to purple in solution.
- FIG. 5C DLS measurements showed a significant increase in diameter when the various S. aureus supernatants were used to treat Oligo-AuNPs.
- FIG. 5D TSB, A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae , and S. epidermidis treated Oligo-AuNPs were monodisperse by TEM, however, particles treated with any of the S. aureus supernatants underwent mass aggregation. 6500 ⁇ magnification, inset: 30000 ⁇ magnification.
- FIGS. 6A-6B The 11-mer Oligonucleotide was digested with 9.917 ⁇ M MN and analyzed by LC-MS. MN w/Ca cleaved the 11-mer into even smaller oligonucleotides, whereas MN w/o Ca primarily cleaved the 11-mer between the unmodified deoxythymidines, which yielded 6-mers. The addition of EDTA suppressed cleavage from occurring.
- FIG. 6B RNase A (0.126 ⁇ M) was used to digest the 11-mer oligonucleotide as a negative control. In all conditions, no cleavage peaks appeared and the 11-mer was left intact.
- FIG. 7 MN was serially diluted and used to digest the 11-mer oligonucleotide (400 pmoles). At the highest concentration used, MN cleaved multiple sites within the 11-mer. However, from 0.992 ⁇ M to 0.001 ⁇ M MN, the primary cleavage site was between the unmodified deoxythymidines.
- FIG. 8 The limit of detection of the fluorescent probe was determined to be 0.496 ⁇ M MN.
- FIGS. 9A-9F FIGS. 9A-9F .
- FIGS. 9A-9C 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.25 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIGS. 9D-9F 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (1 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.050 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIGS. 10A-10I FIGS. 10A-10I .
- FIGS. 10A-10C 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were stable in solution from pH 4-10 and the ⁇ max remained at 530 nm.
- FIGS. 10D-10F 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN at pH 4 to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIGS. 10G-10I are examples of the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 11 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with varying concentrations of MN and the tubes were scrambled. Participants were able to sort and differentiate between aggregated and non-aggregated samples.
- FIGS. 12A-12C The 11-mer and 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs had an equivalent ⁇ max at 530 nm.
- FIG. 12B TEM images were taken of the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (30,000 ⁇ magnification).
- FIG. 12C TEM images were taken of the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (30,000 ⁇ magnification).
- FIGS. 13A-13B FIGS. 13A-13B .
- FIG. 13A 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.020 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 13B 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of RNase A to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.010 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M RNase A.
- FIGS. 14A-14C Lyophilized 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 14B Lyophilized 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN spiked into creek water to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN.
- FIG. 14C .
- FIGS. 15A-15B The minimum volume of S. aureus WT supernatant needed was 10 ⁇ L. Using 10 ⁇ L, the ⁇ max shifted to 560 nm. The study was drawn out to 1 hour in order to allow the lower volumes (1 ⁇ L-5 ⁇ L) of S. aureus WT supernatant used more time to digest since the ⁇ max for these conditions did not shift after 5 minutes.
- FIG. 15B A colorimetric change in solution from red to purple occurred within 5 minutes when 104, to 100 ⁇ l of S. aureus supernatant was used. After extending the incubation time to 1 hour, the lower volumes (1 ⁇ L-5 ⁇ L) of S. aureus WT supernatant used to treat Oligo-AuNPs did not undergo a color change.
- FIGS. 16A-16B FIGS. 16A-16B .
- FIG. 16A Two different sets of supernatants from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-, S. epidermidis, S. pneumoniae , and A. baumannii were analyzed for MN expression by Western blot. Supernatant from S. aureus WT is the only condition that expressed MN, meaning that complete knock-out of MN was successful in S. aureus nuc1- and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-.
- FIG. 16B Western blots were performed on all of the supernatants to determine MN expression. S. aureus is the only bacteria that expresses MN.
- FIGS. 17A-17F FIG. 17A . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- in the presence of 2 mM CaCl 2 for 5 minutes. There was a shift in ⁇ max from 530 nm to 570 nm for the S. aureus conditions.
- FIG. 17B 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S.
- FIG. 17C 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- without CaCl 2 for 5 minutes. Supernatant from S. aureus caused a shift in max from 530 nm to 560 nm. S.
- FIG. 17D 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- without CaCl 2 for 1 hour. Supernatant from S. aureus caused a shift in ⁇ max from 530 nm to 570 nm. S. aureus nuc1-caused a shift in in ⁇ max from 530 nm to 545 nm and S.
- FIG. 17E-17F 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- with CaCl 2 and EDTA for both 5 minutes and 1 hour. After 5 minutes or 1 hour, no shift in the UV absorbance was seen.
- FIG. 18A The fluorescent probe was treated with various bacterial supernatants. The fluorescent probe was specific to only the S. aureus WT supernatant.
- FIG. 19A-19C Shows 20 nm AuNPs that were functionalized by using 5000 excess of oglionucleotides to AuNPs. AuNPs underwent a 5 hour salt aging process.
- FIG. 19B Oglio-AuNPs have similar UV absorbance to unfunctionalized 20 nm particles (530 nm).
- FIG. 19C TEM images that were taken of functionalized Oglio-AuNPs; 6500 ⁇ magnification, small inset: 30,000 ⁇ magnification.
- FIG. 20 5 nm Oligo-AuNPs are stable until micrococcal nuclease addition, whereupon the aggregation occurs.
- FIG. 21 the combination of oligonucleotide functionalization and salting-in results in high polydispersity index for the AuNPs.
- FIG. 22A-22B The Oligo-AuNPs are monodisperse and red in solution before enzymatic cleavage.
- FIG. 22B Following the addition of the nuclease which causes Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate and become polydisperse, there is a colorimetric change from red to purple.
- FIG. 23 An increase in oligonucleotide displacement of AuNPs is seen over time, as measured by DTT Displacement.
- FIG. 24 Shows the stability of 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs over time.
- FIG. 25 The polydispersity of the 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs over time.
- FIGS. 26A-26B TEM Images of 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs.
- FIG. 26A shows 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs prior to enzymatic treatment.
- FIG. 26B shows 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs post to enzymatic treatment.
- the addition of the nuclease causes the monodisperse 50 nm AuNPs to aggregate, which leads to a colorimetric change in solution.
- FIG. 27 The UV-Vis spectra of 20 nm AuNPs.
- the surface plasmon wavelength is shifted to the right when oligo-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs are cleaved.
- FIGS. 28A-28C TEM images of oligo-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs.
- FIG. 28A shows Oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs and
- FIG. 28C shows RNASE treated oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs remain stable and monodisperse in solution.
- FIG. 28B Oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 m AuNPs were cleaved with the micrococcal endonuclease, causing the AuNPs to aggregate.
- FIG. 29 UV-Vis Spectra of AuNPs of various Sizes. Optical properties of colloidal AuNPs are dependent on AuNP shape and size. As the diameter increases, the wavelength of the surface plasmon resonance related absorption shifts to the right.
- FIG. 30 Effect of Aggregation on Optical Properties of 20 nm AuNPs. AuNPs aggregate upon the addition of PBS, causing the surface plasmon resonance wavelength to shift to the right.
- FIG. 31 Effect of Aggregation on Optical Properties of 50 nm AuNPs. AuNPs aggregate upon the addition of PBS, causing the surface plasmon resonance wavelength to shift to the right.
- substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH 2 O— is equivalent to —OCH 2 —.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbons). Alkyl is not cyclized.
- saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
- unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (—O—).
- alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
- a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, S, Se and Si, and wherein the nitrogen, selenium, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, Se, and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
- Examples include, but are not limited to: —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 , —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—O—CH 3 , —Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —O—CH 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 3 , and —CN.
- Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 .
- heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 — and —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —.
- Heteroalkyl is not cyclized.
- heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like).
- heteroalkyl groups include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R′′, —OR′, —SeR′, —SR′, and/or —SO 2 R′.
- heteroalkyl is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R′′ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like.
- cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are not aromatic. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
- a “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- halo or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- acyl means, unless otherwise stated, —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (e.g. 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently.
- a fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring.
- heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms (e.g. N, O, or S), wherein sulfur heteroatoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized.
- heteroaryl includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring).
- a 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinoly
- arylene and heteroarylene are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl is an aryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl is a heteroaryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to a cycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to another heterocycloalkyl.
- Fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, or fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl may each independently be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substituents described herein.
- Spirocyclic rings are two or more rings wherein adjacent rings are attached through a single atom.
- the individual rings within spirocyclic rings may be identical or different. Individual rings in spirocyclic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted and may have different substituents from other individual rings within a set of spirocyclic rings.
- Spirocylic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene and individual rings within a spirocyclic ring group may be any of the immediately previous list, including having all rings of one type (e.g.
- heterocyclic spirocyclic rings means a spirocyclic rings wherein at least one ring is a heterocyclic ring and wherein each ring may be a different ring.
- substituted spirocyclic rings means that at least one ring is substituted and each substituent may optionally be different.
- oxo means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, —OR′, ⁇ O, ⁇ NR′, ⁇ N—OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′”, —OR′, ⁇ O, ⁇ NR′, ⁇ N—OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′
- R′, R′′, R′′′, and R′′′′ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R′′, R′′′, and R′′′′ group when more than one of these groups is present.
- R′ and R′′ When R′ and R′′ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
- —NR′R′′ includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
- alkyl is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3 ) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like).
- substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: —OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′”, —NR—C(NR′R”) ⁇ NR′′′, —S(O)R′, —S(O) 2 R′, —S(O) 2 NR′R′′, —NRSO 2 R′, —CN, —NO 2 , —R′, —N 3 , —CH(Ph) 2
- Substituents for rings may be depicted as substituents on the ring rather than on a specific atom of a ring (commonly referred to as a floating substituent).
- the substituent may be attached to any of the ring atoms (obeying the rules of chemical valency) and in the case of fused rings or spirocyclic rings, a substituent depicted as associated with one member of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on a single ring), may be a substituent on any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on multiple rings).
- the multiple substituents may be on the same atom, same ring, different atoms, different fused rings, different spirocyclic rings, and each substituent may optionally be different.
- a point of attachment of a ring to the remainder of a molecule is not limited to a single atom (a floating substituent)
- the attachment point may be any atom of the ring and in the case of a fused ring or spirocyclic ring, any atom of any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
- a ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings contain one or more ring heteroatoms and the ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings are shown with one more floating substituents (including, but not limited to, points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule), the floating substituents may be bonded to the heteroatoms.
- the ring heteroatoms are shown bound to one or more hydrogens (e.g. a ring nitrogen with two bonds to ring atoms and a third bond to a hydrogen) in the structure or formula with the floating substituent, when the heteroatom is bonded to the floating substituent, the substituent will be understood to replace the hydrogen, while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
- Two or more substituents may optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups.
- Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to non-adjacent members of the base structure.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′) q —U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′—, or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r —B—, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR′—, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′) s —X′—(C′′R′′′) d —, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, or —S(O) 2 NR′—.
- R, R′, R′′, and R′′′ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- heteroatom or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- a “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
- a “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- a “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- each substituted group described in the compounds herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. More specifically, in embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted aryl ene, and/or substituted heteroarylene described in the compounds herein are substituted with at least one substituent group. In embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group. In embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl may be a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)-for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
- the compounds of the present invention do not include those which are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- the present invention is meant to include compounds in racemic and optically pure forms.
- Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
- the compounds described herein contain olefinic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
- isomers refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
- tautomer refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
- compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention.
- the compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
- the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I), or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
- a or “an,” as used in herein means one or more.
- substituted with a[n] means the specified group may be substituted with one or more of any or all of the named substituents.
- a group such as an alkyl or heteroaryl group, is “substituted with an unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl, or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl,” the group may contain one or more unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyls, and/or one or more unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyls.
- R-substituted where a moiety is substituted with an R substituent, the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different (i.e. independently substituted). Where a particular R group is present in the description of a chemical genus (such as Formula (I)), a Roman alphabetic symbol may be used to distinguish each appearance of that particular R group.
- each R 3 substituent may be distinguished as R 3A , R 3B , R 3C , R 3D , etc., wherein each of R 3A , R 3B , R 3C , R 3D , etc. is defined within the scope of the definition of R 3 and optionally differently.
- Nucleic acid refers to deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides and polymers thereof in either single-, double- or multiple-stranded form, or complements thereof.
- polynucleotide refers to a linear sequence of nucleotides.
- nucleotide typically refers to a single unit of a polynucleotide, i.e., a monomer. Nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified versions thereof.
- nucleic acids can be linear or branched.
- nucleic acids can be a linear chain of nucleotides or the nucleic acids can be branched, e.g., such that the nucleic acids comprise one or more arms or branches of nucleotides.
- the branched nucleic acids are repetitively branched to form higher ordered structures such as dendrimers and the like.
- Nucleic acids provided herein can include one or more reactive moieties.
- the term reactive moiety includes any group capable of reacting with another molecule, e.g., a nucleic acid or polypeptide through covalent, non-covalent or other interactions.
- the nucleic acid can include a chemical reactive moiety that reacts with a reactive group in the linker (first or second linker provided herein) through a covalent, non-covalent or other interaction.
- nucleic acids containing known nucleotide analogs or modified backbone residues or linkages which are synthetic, naturally occurring, and non-naturally occurring, which have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid, and which are metabolized in a manner similar to the reference nucleotides.
- Examples of such analogs include, without limitation, phosphodiester derivatives including, e.g., phosphoramidate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphorothioate (also known as phosphothioate), phosphorodithioate, phosphonocarboxylic acids, phosphonocarboxylates, phosphonoacetic acid, phosphonoformic acid, methyl phosphonate, boron phosphonate, or O-methylphosphoroamidite linkages (see Eckstein, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press); and peptide nucleic acid backbones and linkages.
- phosphodiester derivatives including, e.g., phosphoramidate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphorothioate (also known as phosphothioate), phosphorodithioate, phosphonocarboxylic acids, phosphonocarboxylates, phosphonoacetic acid, phosphonoformic acid, methyl phospho
- nucleic acids include those with positive backbones; non-ionic backbones, modified sugars, and non-ribose backbones (e.g. phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligos or locked nucleic acids (LNA)), including those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,235,033 and 5,034,506, and Chapters 6 and 7, ASC Symposium Series 580, Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research, Sanghui & Cook, eds. Nucleic acids containing one or more carbocyclic sugars are also included within one definition of nucleic acids.
- LNA locked nucleic acids
- Modifications of the ribose-phosphate backbone may be done for a variety of reasons, e.g., to increase the stability and half-life of such molecules in physiological environments or as probes on a biochip.
- Mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs can be made; alternatively, mixtures of different nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs may be made.
- the internucleotide linkages in DNA are phosphodiester, phosphodiester derivatives, or a combination of both.
- probe or “primer”, as used herein, is defined to be one or more nucleic acid fragments whose specific hybridization to a sample can be detected.
- a probe or primer can be of any length depending on the particular technique it will be used for.
- PCR primers are generally between 10 and 40 nucleotides in length, while nucleic acid probes for, e.g., a Southern blot, can be more than a hundred nucleotides in length.
- the probe may be unlabeled or labeled as described below so that its binding to the target or sample can be detected.
- the probe can be produced from a source of nucleic acids from one or more particular (preselected) portions of a chromosome, e.g., one or more clones, an isolated whole chromosome or chromosome fragment, or a collection of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification products.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- the length and complexity of the nucleic acid fixed onto the target element is not critical to the invention. One of skill can adjust these factors to provide optimum hybridization and signal production for a given hybridization procedure, and to provide the required resolution among different genes or genomic locations.
- the probe may also be isolated nucleic acids immobilized on a solid surface (e.g., nitrocellulose, glass, quartz, fused silica slides), as in an array.
- the probe may be a member of an array of nucleic acids as described, for instance, in WO 96/17958.
- Techniques capable of producing high density arrays can also be used for this purpose (see, e.g., Fodor (1991) Science 767-773; Johnston (1998) Curr. Biol. 8: R171-R174; Schummer (1997) Biotechniques 23: 1087-1092; Kern (1997) Biotechniques 23: 120-124; U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854).
- complementarity refers to the ability of a nucleic acid in a polynucleotide to form a base pair with another nucleic acid in a second polynucleotide.
- sequence A-G-T is complementary to the sequence T-C-A.
- Complementarity may be partial, in which only some of the nucleic acids match according to base pairing, or complete, where all the nucleic acids match according to base pairing.
- nucleic acid or protein when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It can be, for example, in a homogeneous state and may be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified.
- isolated may also refer to a cell or sample cells.
- An isolated cell or sample cells are a single cell type that is substantially free of many of the components which normally accompany the cells when they are in their native state or when they are initially removed from their native state.
- an isolated cell sample retains those components from its natural state that are required to maintain the cell in a desired state.
- an isolated (e.g. purified, separated) cell or isolated cells are cells that are substantially the only cell type in a sample.
- a purified cell sample may contain at least 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of one type of cell.
- An isolated cell sample may be obtained through the use of a cell marker or a combination of cell markers, either of which is unique to one cell type in an unpurified cell sample.
- the cells are isolated through the use of a cell sorter.
- antibodies against cell proteins are used to isolate cells.
- conjugate refers to the association between atoms or molecules.
- the association can be direct or indirect.
- a conjugate between a first moiety (e.g. a nucleic acid) and a second moiety (e.g., a moiety of the nanoparticle core, the water soluble moiety) provided herein can be direct, e.g., by covalent bond or linker (e.g. a first linker of second linker), or indirect, e.g., by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g.
- conjugates are formed using conjugate chemistry including, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides, active esters), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition).
- nucleophilic substitutions e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides, active esters
- electrophilic substitutions e.g., enamine reactions
- additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition.
- the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) is non-covalently attached to the second moiety on the nanoparticle core through a non-covalent chemical reaction between a component of the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) and a component of the second moiety on the nanoparticle core.
- the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) includes one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) includes a linker (e.g., first linker) with one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- the nanoparticle core includes one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- the nanoparticle core includes a linker with one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- a linker with one or more reactive moieties e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- Useful reactive functional groups include, for example:
- haloalkyl groups wherein the halide can be later displaced with a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a new group at the site of the halogen atom;
- a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion
- dienophile groups which are capable of participating in Diels-Alder reactions such as, for example, maleimido groups;
- aldehyde or ketone groups such that subsequent derivatization is possible via formation of carbonyl derivatives such as, for example, imines, hydrazones, semicarbazones or oximes, or via such mechanisms as Grignard addition or alkyllithium addition;
- amine or sulfhydryl groups which can be, for example, acylated, alkylated or oxidized;
- alkenes which can undergo, for example, cycloadditions, acylation, Michael addition, etc;
- the reactive functional groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the chemical stability of the functionalized nanoparticles described herein.
- a reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the crosslinking reaction by the presence of a protecting group.
- Linkers may also be employed to connect the nanoparticle core and the nucleic acid moiety or the single stranded nucleic acid sequence to the water soluble moiety.
- Linkers may include the residue of reactive groups at the point of attachment of the nanoparticle core, the single-stranded nucleic acid, the first linker, the second linker and/or the water soluble moiety. Any linkers include substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycoalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- the term “about” means a range of values including the specified value, which a person of ordinary skill in the art would consider reasonably similar to the specified value. In embodiments, the term “about” means within a standard deviation using measurements generally acceptable in the art. In embodiments, about means a range extending to +/ ⁇ 10% of the specified value. In embodiments, about means the specified value.
- polypeptide refers to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids.
- the terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
- the terms apply to macrocyclic peptides, peptides that have been modified with non-peptide functionality, peptidomimetics, polyamides, and macrolactams.
- a “fusion protein” refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety.
- peptidyl and “peptidyl moiety” means a monovalent peptide.
- amino acid refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids.
- Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, ⁇ -carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine.
- Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid.
- Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid.
- the terms “non-naturally occurring amino acid” and “unnatural amino acid” refer to amino acid analogs, synthetic amino acids, and amino acid mimetics which are not found in nature.
- Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides, likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes.
- Percentage of sequence identity is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., 60% identity, optionally 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% identity over a specified region, e.g., of the entire polypeptide sequences of the invention or individual domains of the polypeptides of the invention), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
- sequences are then said to be “substantially identical.”
- This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence.
- the identity exists over a region that is at least about 50 nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 100 to 500 or 1000 or more nucleotides in length.
- sequence comparison typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
- test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated.
- sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
- a “comparison window”, as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of, e.g., a full length sequence or from 20 to 600, about 50 to about 200, or about 100 to about 150 amino acids or nucleotides in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
- Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art.
- Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1970) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482c, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J Mol.
- HSPs high scoring sequence pairs
- T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always>0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always ⁇ 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score.
- Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
- the BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
- the BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5787).
- One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance.
- P(N) the smallest sum probability
- a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001.
- nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross-reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid, as described below.
- a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions.
- Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions, as described below.
- Yet another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the same primers can be used to amplify the sequence.
- Contacting is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species (e.g. chemical compounds including biomolecules or cells) to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch. It should be appreciated, however, that the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents which can be produced in the reaction mixture. In embodiments contacting includes, for example, allowing a ribonucleic acid as described herein to interact with an endonuclease.
- contacting may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be, for example, a linker as described herein and a nanoparticle core.
- contacting includes, for example, allowing a linker described herein to interact with a nucleic acid moiety provided herein.
- a “control” sample or value refers to a sample that serves as a reference, usually a known reference, for comparison to a test sample.
- a test sample can be taken from a test condition, e.g., in the presence of a nuclease activity, and compared to samples from known conditions, e.g., in the absence of the nuclease activity (negative control), or in the presence of a known compound or nuclease activity (positive control).
- a control can also represent an average value gathered from a number of tests or results.
- controls can be designed for assessment of any number of parameters.
- Standard controls are also valuable for determining the significance (e.g. statistical significance) of data. For example, if values for a given parameter are widely variable in standard controls, variation in test samples will not be considered as significant.
- a “label” or a “detectable moiety” is a composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, chemical, or other physical means.
- useful labels include 32 P, fluorescent dyes, electron-dense reagents, enzymes (e.g., as commonly used in an ELISA), biotin, digoxigenin, or haptens and proteins or other entities which can be made detectable, e.g., by incorporating a radiolabel into a peptide or antibody specifically reactive with a target peptide. Any appropriate method known in the art for conjugating an antibody to the label may be employed, e.g., using methods described in Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques 1996, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego.
- Bio sample refers to materials obtained from or derived from a subject or patient.
- a biological sample includes sections of tissues such as biopsy and autopsy samples, and frozen sections taken for histological purposes.
- samples include bodily fluids such as blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells) stool, urine, synovial fluid, joint tissue, synovial tissue, synoviocytes, fibroblast-like synoviocytes, macrophage-like synoviocytes, immune cells, hematopoietic cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, T cells, etc.
- blood and blood fractions or products e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like
- sputum tissue
- cultured cells e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells
- a biological sample is typically obtained from a eukaryotic organism, such as a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
- a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
- a cell can be identified by well-known methods in the art including, for example, presence of an intact membrane, staining by a particular dye, ability to produce progeny or, in the case of a gamete, ability to combine with a second gamete to produce a viable offspring.
- Cells may include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
- Prokaryotic cells include but are not limited to bacteria.
- Eukaryotic cells include but are not limited to yeast cells and cells derived from plants and animals, for example mammalian, insect (e.g., spodoptera ) and human cells.
- Lengths and sizes of nanoparticles and functionalized nanoparticles as described herein may be measured using Transmission Electron Microscopy. All exemplified nanoparticle core length values reported herein may be measured using the following protocol.
- the various gold nanoparticle samples were drop coated (5 ⁇ L) onto 200 mesh copper EM grids, air-dried and imaged using a FEI Tecnai 12 TEM equipped with a Gatan Ultrascan 2K CCD camera at an accelerating voltage of 120 kV.
- the average size distributions of the particles were obtained from the TEM images using Image J (version 1.4.3) software that were plotted using Origin Pro 8 software to obtain the histogram size distributions of the particles.
- the length of a nanoparticle refers to the longest dimension of the particle.
- a “water soluble moiety” as used herein refers to any moiety that enhances the water solubility of a nanoparticle to which it is bound or otherwise serves to prevent the functionalized nanoparticles from accumulating or aggregating.
- a water soluble moiety may alter the partitioning coefficient of a nanoparticle thereby making the nanoparticle more or less hydrophilic. Generally, greater hydrophobicity correlates to a higher partition constant. Likewise, generally, greater hydrophilicity correlates to a lower partition constant.
- the water soluble group decreases the partition constant of precursor molecules (which have a higher partition constant before attachment of the water soluble group) at least by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
- the water soluble groups described herein can decrease the partition constant of the plurality of nucleic acid moieties of the nanoparticle coating by 1-fold, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, or greater.
- exemplary water soluble moieties include moieties (e.g. monovalent forms) such as poly(oxyethylated polyols) such as poly(oxyethylated glycerol), poly(oxyethylated sorbitol), and poly(oxyethylated glucose); poly(vinyl alcohol) (“PVA”); dextran; carbohydrate-based polymers and the like (including linear chains or branched chains); polyethylene glycol moieties of formula
- y is an integer from 1 to 50 and R 29 is —H or —Me (where the left side of the formula is the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule); polyvinylpyroolidone moieties; or poly 2-ethyl oxazoline moieties.
- Water soluble molecules may exist in polymeric form wherein at least two monomers are repeatedly covalently connected.
- the water soluble group can include a moiety containing a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen or nitrogen).
- the moiety contains an alcohol moiety (an organic moiety having an —OH bound to a carbon atom), ester linker moiety (the linker moiety —C(O)O— between two carbon atoms), ether linker moiety (the linker moiety —O— between two carbon atoms), amine (—NH 2 ) moiety, nitrile (—CN) moiety, ketone moiety (the linker moiety —C(O)— between two carbon atoms), or aldehyde (—C(O)H) moiety.
- the nanoparticles of the present invention may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids.
- salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, ( ⁇ )-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid.
- These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- salt refers to acid or base salts of the compounds used in the methods of the present invention.
- acceptable salts are mineral acid (hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, and the like) salts, organic acid (acetic acid, propionic acid, glutamic acid, citric acid and the like) salts, quaternary ammonium (methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, and the like) salts.
- the named protein includes any of the protein's naturally occurring forms, or variants or homologs that maintain the protein transcription factor activity (e.g., within at least 50%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% activity compared to the native protein).
- variants or homologs have at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% amino acid sequence identity across the whole sequence or a portion of the sequence (e.g.
- the protein is the protein as identified by its NCBI sequence reference. In other embodiments, the protein is the protein as identified by its NCBI sequence reference or functional fragment or homolog thereof.
- a “ Staphylococcus aureus micrococcal nuclease”, “micrococcal nuclease”, “Staph MNase” or “MNase” as referred to herein includes any of the recombinant or naturally-occurring forms of the Staphylococcus aureus micrococcal nuclease (MNase) or variants or homologs thereof that maintain MNase activity (e.g. within at least 50%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% activity compared to MNase).
- the variants or homologs have at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% amino acid sequence identity across the whole sequence or a portion of the sequence (e.g. a 50, 100, 150 or 200 continuous amino acid portion) compared to a naturally occurring MNase.
- the MNase is substantially identical to the protein identified by the CAS registry reference number 9013-53-0 or a variant or homolog having substantial identity thereto.
- the functionalized nanoparticles that are, inter alia, useful for the detection of a nuclease activity (e.g., micrococcal nuclease).
- the functionalized nanoparticles provided herein include a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties which each include a first linker.
- the first linker connects the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core.
- Each nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence bound to the nanoparticle core through a first linker.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 50 or less nucleotides in length and includes a nuclease (e.g., a micrococcal nuclease) cleavage site.
- a functionalized nanoparticle includes a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core.
- a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached or does not further include anything than a first non-reacted linker precursor.
- a “non-reacted linker precursor” as provided herein is a chemical moiety that is capable of reacting with a reactive moiety or reactive functional group (e.g., a carboxyl functional group) of the first linker.
- the non-reacted linker precursor may be reacted with the reactive moiety of the first linker through any of the conjugate chemistries described herein.
- a non-reacted linker precursor may be an amine or alcohol reacted with an acyl halide, an active ester hydroxyl group reacted to ester, ether or aldehyde, a thiol group reacted to a disulfide.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a plurality of nucleic acid moieties described herein.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core if the nanoparticle coating is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a plurality of nucleic acid moieties described herein.
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core if the nanoparticle coating is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic resonance imaging (
- each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core, if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core described herein.
- the nucleic acid moieties consist essentially of a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site, if the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a nuclease cleavage site described herein.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of a nuclease cleavage site, if the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (MRI) mo
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site.
- the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating.
- the nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- the nanoparticle core of the functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof may be about 3 nm to about 20 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 15 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 10 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 8 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 6 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 5 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5 or 6 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 4 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 5 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 6 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 7 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 8 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core may be about 9 nm in length.
- the nanoparticle core is typically composed of non-toxic material.
- the nanoparticle core may be an inorganic nanoparticle core.
- the inorganic nanoparticle core may be a metal nanoparticle core.
- the metal may be titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon.
- the metal nanoparticle core may be titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, or platinum and appropriate metal oxides thereof.
- the nanoparticle core is titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, arsenic oxide, iron oxide, aluminum oxide, or silicon oxide.
- the metal oxide nanoparticle core may be titanium oxide or zirconium oxide.
- the nanoparticle may be titanium.
- the nanoparticle may be gold.
- the metal nanoparticle core is a gold nanoparticle core.
- the nanoparticle core may be a polymeric core.
- Such polymeric cores may include titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon.
- the polymeric core includes an outer shell layer and an inner shell layer and the outer shell layer is chemically distinct from the inner shell layer.
- the outer shell layer and inner shell layer may be a metal such as titanium, gold or silver coated by another metal.
- Exemplary non-limiting outer and inner shell layer combinations include titanium/gold, titanium/silver, titanium/silicon, gold/titanium, gold/silver, gold/silicon, silicon/titanium, silicon/gold, or silicon/silver.
- the nanoparticle core includes a combination of metals coated by titanium, zirconium, gold, silver platinum or silicon. The nanoparticle core may be a quantum dot.
- nucleic acid moiety is connected to the nanoparticle core through a first linker.
- nucleic acid moiety has the formula:
- the first linker or L 1 may be a chemical linker that connects the nanoparticle core to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence.
- L 1 is a divalent linker formed by reacting a functional (reactive) group attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence with the nanoparticle core (e.g. a functional (reactive) group on the nanoparticle core).
- L 1 may be a bond, —S—, —OSi(OR 5 )(OR 6 )(O)—, or —OP(O)(OR 7 )(O)—.
- R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.
- R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 may independently be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 5 ).
- R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 may independently be hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 5 ).
- L 1 is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR′—, —C(O)NR 2 —, —S(O) n —, —S(O)NR 3 —, —OP(O)(OR 4 )O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. C 1 -C 10 ), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g.
- substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene
- substituted or unsubstituted arylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered arylene
- substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene
- an amino acid sequence linker e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene
- R′, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N 3 , —NO 2 , —CF 3 , —CCl 3 , —CBr 3 , —CI 3 , —CN, —OH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —CONH 2 , —NO 2 , —SH, —SO 2 Cl, —SO 3 H, —SO 4 H, —SO 2 NH 2 , —NHNH 2 , —ONH 2 , —OCH 3 , —NHCNHNH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.
- substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkyl
- substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl
- substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl
- substituted or unsubstituted aryl e.g. 3 to 8 membered aryl
- substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroaryl
- the symbol n is independently 1 or 2.
- L 1 may be C 1 -C 5 substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 1 may be 3 to 7 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the first linker (L 1 ). In embodiments, as disclosed in more detail below, the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the second linker (L 2 ). In embodiments, as disclosed in more detail below, the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the second linker (L 2 ). In embodiments, the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the first linker (L 1 ).
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence provided herein includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- a “nuclease cleave site” as provided herein includes any site of a nucleic acid sequence recognized and cleaved by a nuclease.
- the nuclease cleavage site is a site of a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence (e.g., DNA or RNA) recognized and cleaved by a nuclease. Therefore, the nuclease cleavage site is formed by a nucleotide sequence recognized and cleaved by a nuclease.
- the nuclease cleavage site includes a cleavage point.
- a “cleavage point” as referred to herein, is a bond connecting two nucleotides of a nuclease cleavage site and hydrolyzed by a nuclease.
- the cleavage point is a bond connecting two deoxythymidine nucleotides.
- the cleavage point is a bond connecting a first deoxythymidine to a second deoxythymidine.
- the cleavage point is a bond connecting a first unmodified deoxythymidine to a second unmodified deoxythymidine.
- the nuclease is a bacterial nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is a gram negative bacterial nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is a staphylococcus micrococcal nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is Acinetobacter baumannii outer membrane protein A. In embodiments, the nuclease is Eap (extracellular adherence protein). In embodiments, the nuclease is bifunctional autolysin. In embodiments, the nuclease is protein A (membrane-bound). In embodiments, the nuclease is immunodominant staphylococcal antigen B.
- the cleavage point may be closer to the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence than to the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. Where the cleavage point is closer to the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence than to the 3′ terminus, the number of nucleotides connecting the 5′ terminus to the cleavage point is smaller than the number of nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 3′ terminus.
- nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 5′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence are referred to herein as “5′ nucleotides”, while the nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 3′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence are referred to herein as “3′ nucleotides.”
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a 5′ nucleotide and a 3′ nucleotide. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a plurality of 5′ nucleotides and a plurality of 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 40 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 35 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 30 5′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 25 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 20 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 15 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 10 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 8 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 7 5′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 6 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 5 5′ nucleotides. In further embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 6 3′ nucleotides. Where the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes 5 5′ nucleotides and 6 3′ nucleotides, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is 11 nucleotides in length and the cleavage point is the bond connecting the fifth and the sixth nucleotide relative to the 5′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 40 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 35 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 30 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 25 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 20 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 15 5′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 10 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 8 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 7 5′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 48 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 45 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 40 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 35 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 30 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 25 3′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 20 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 15 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 10 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 9 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 8 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 6 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 6 3′ nucleotides. In further embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 5 5′ nucleotides.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or fragment thereof at a length disclosed below. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 40 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 35 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 30 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 25 or less nucleotides in length.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 20 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 15 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 14 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 13 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 12 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 11 nucleotides in length.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 10 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 9 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 8 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 7 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 6 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 5 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, or 36 nucleotides in length.
- less than about 800 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 750 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 700 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 650 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 600 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 550 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 500 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core.
- less than about 450 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 400 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 350 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 300 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, from about 500 to about 600 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, about 800, 750, 700, 650, 600, 550, 500, 450, 400, 350 or 300 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core.
- the nucleic acid moiety includes a DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a single-stranded DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a single-stranded RNA.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a modified nucleotide.
- a “modified nucleotide” as referred to herein is a nucleotide including a chemical modification (e.g., methylation).
- the modified nucleotide is a 2′O-methylated nucleotide.
- the nuclease cleavage site includes an unmodified nucleotide.
- the unmodified nucleotide is a deoxythymidine.
- the nuclease cleavage site is a bacterial nuclease cleavage site. In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site is a micrococcal nuclease cleavage site.
- each of the nucleic acid moieties further includes a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker, if the nucleic acid moiety does not further include or is attached to anything than a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker, if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric mo
- the water soluble moiety is a water soluble polymer moiety.
- the water soluble polymer moiety is a biopolymer moiety, an alkylpolyamine moiety, an alkylpolyamide moiety, an alkylpolyether moiety, an alkylpolysulfonates moiety, a polyacrylamide moiety, a carbohydrate moiety or an alkylpolyalcohol moiety.
- the alkylpolyether moiety is a PEG moiety.
- the water soluble moiety is connected to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bonded to the nanoparticle core through a first linker and to the water soluble moiety through a second linker.
- the single-stranded nucleic sequence connects the first linker to the second linker.
- the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the first linker and the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the second linker.
- the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the first linker and the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the second linker.
- nucleic acid moiety has the formula:
- the second linker or L 2 may be a chemical linker that connects the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence to the water soluble moiety.
- L 2 is a divalent linker formed by reacting a functional (reactive) group attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence with the water soluble moiety (e.g. a functional (reactive) group of the water soluble moiety).
- L 2 may be a bond, —S—, —OSi(OR 5A )(OR 6A )(O)—, or —OP(O)(OR 7A )(O)—.
- R 5A , R 6A , and R 7A are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.
- R 5A , R 6A , and R 7A may independently be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 5 ).
- R 5A , R 6A , and R 7A are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 5 ).
- L 2 may be C 1 -C 5 substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 may be 3 to 7 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- L 2 is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR 1A —, —C(O)NR 2A —, —S(O)NR 3A —, —OP(O)(OR 4A )O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. C 1 -C 10 ), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g.
- substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene
- substituted or unsubstituted arylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered arylene
- substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene
- an amino acid sequence linker e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene
- R 1A , R 2A , R 3A and R 4A are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N 3 , —NO 2 , —CF 3 , —CCl 3 , —CN, —OH, —COOH, —CONH 2 , —NO 2 , —SH, —SO 2 Cl, —SO 3 H, —SO 4 H, —SO 2 NH 2 , —NHNH 2 , —ONH 2 , —OCH 3 , —NHCNHNH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 10 ), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g.
- heteroalkyl substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered aryl), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroaryl).
- n.1 is independently 1 or 2.
- compositions provided herein include a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as described herein.
- a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles is provided and each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein including embodiments thereof.
- the nanoparticles are in a vessel.
- the vessel is in a spectrophotometry device.
- the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles may be supplied as an aqueous suspension or as a powder within the vessel.
- the vessel may be a storage device or other readily usable container capable of storing and protecting the functionalized nanoparticles contained within.
- the methods provided herein are, inter alia, useful for forming nanoparticle aggregates and for the detection of nuclease activity.
- the nucleic acid moiety of the functionalized nanoparticle provided herein includes a nuclease cleavage site. In the presence of a nuclease the cleavage site is cleaved, thereby forming a cleaved functionalized nanoparticle.
- a cleaved functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein has an increased ability to interact (aggregate) with other cleaved functionalized nanoparticles relative to a functionalized nanoparticle wherein the cleavage site is intact.
- a nanoparticle aggregate as described herein includes a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein, wherein the plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles are bound together.
- the plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles may be bound by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g. dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole, London dispersion), ring stacking (pi effects), hydrophobic interactions and the like.
- a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a plurality of cleaved nanoparticles. (iii) The plurality of cleaved nanoparticles are allowed to bind to each other, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the nuclease cleaves the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the cleavage point. In embodiments, the nanoparticle aggregate is formed in vitro. In embodiments, the nanoparticle aggregate is formed in vivo.
- the nuclease is derived from a biological sample. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a human subject. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a bodily fluid. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a food sample. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a water sample (e.g., ground water, seawater).
- a water sample may be a sample derived from seawater, fresh water from an aquifer, ground water, a river or a lake. In embodiments, the sample is derived from seawater. In embodiments, the sample is derived from fresh water from an aquifer. In embodiments, the sample is derived from ground water.
- the sample is derived from a river. In embodiments, the sample is derived from a lake. In embodiments, the method includes detecting the nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the detecting includes colorimetric detection of the nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the allowing of step (ii) includes forming a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles including a cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 20 nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 10 nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 5 nucleotides in length.
- a method of detecting a nuclease activity in a sample includes contacting a sample with a functionalized nanoparticle provided herein including embodiments thereof, thereby detecting the nuclease activity.
- the sample is a water sample.
- the water sample is a ground water sample.
- the sample is a water sample.
- the water sample is a creek water sample. Where the water sample is a creek water sample, the water sample is derived from a creek.
- the method includes contacting the sample with a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, wherein each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle provided herein including embodiments thereof.
- S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus
- 1-4 Definitive detection of S. aureus in water samples using growth-based methods, such as chromogenic agars, can take as long as 72 hours. This presents a potential public hazard due to the delay in sample processing. 5,6 There is thus a need for novel methods to rapidly and selectively detect S. aureus .
- a variety of colorimetric assays have been explored, including ELISA and oligonucleotide-embedded agar matrices to detect the presence and activity of micrococcal nuclease (MN), which is specifically expressed by S. aureus.
- MN micrococcal nuclease
- Applicants While Applicants previously used a fluorescence readout for non-invasive imaging applications, Applicants favored a colorimetric readout for in vitro applications because colorimetric assays do not require instrumentation and can therefore be implemented in a wider variety of settings, including remote locations.
- Applicants demonstrate that oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNPs) can be used to rapidly and selectively detect S. aureus simply through a change in color. The particles can be stored as a lyophilized powder and reconstituted at time of use. This approach requires minimal sample preparation and no extraneous instrumentation. This rapid and simple diagnostic read-out could be used in field tests to monitor food and water sources.
- the oligonucleotide probe has been previously reported for the species specific detection of S. aureus consists of nine 2′-O-methylated chemically modified nucleotides with an unmodified pair of deoxythymidines in the center of the sequence and a fluorophore and quencher on either ends. The chemical modifications render it resistant to mammalian serum nucleases. In the presence of MN, the oligonucleotide strand is cleaved, presumably between the unmodified deoxythymidines, producing a fluorescent signal. 11 This probe has also been applied to analyze patient plasma samples. 12
- Oligo-AuNPs have been used extensively as colorimetric biosensors.
- 13,14 AuNPs have a surface plasmon resonance that is influenced by size, geometry, ligand and proximity to other nanoparticles. Due to this, nanoparticle aggregation results in a shift in SPR related absorption ( ⁇ 520 nm to ⁇ 650 nm) causing a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple.
- 14,15 The color change seen in solution during the aggregation of AuNPs provides the basis for a practical platform for biosensing.
- the assembly/aggregation or disassembly/anti-aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs can be induced by proteins, DNA sequences, small molecules, or metal ions.
- DNase I a human endonuclease
- AuNPs have been used to detect staph bacteria by direct coating of the intact bacteria mediated by antibodies 24 , aptamers 25 , hybridization of PCR-amplified S. aureus DNA 26 , or phenylboronic acid 27
- AuNPs have been used to transform PCR detection of staph bacteria into a colorimetric method.
- Oligo-AuNPs have only been used to detect specific, purified DNA sequences. 29 There is no current system for direct colorimetric detection of specific S.
- the Oligo-AuNPs were prepared according to a protocol previously reported by Mirkin and coworkers. 30 Applicants' 11-mer oligonucleotide sequence was synthesized bearing a protected thiol on the 5′ end. For particle preparation, the oligonucleotide was reduced and then added to the 20 nm AuNPs in a 5,000-fold excess. Following salt-aging to achieve maximal oligonucleotide functionalization on the surface, the particles were then purified by centrifugation. The Oligo-AuNPs were well dispersed, with an average size of 33 nm and had a zeta potential of ⁇ 20.65 (Table 1). An established DTT displacement protocol was used to determine that each AuNP was functionalized with an average of 877 strands of DNA. 31
- Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT Displacement (quantified number of oligonucleotide strands per particle). Particles were determined to be stable, monodisperse, and negatively charged. Characterization of Oligo-AuNPs DLS (avg) 33.3 ⁇ 0.753 nm PDI (avg) 0.049 ⁇ 0.006 Zeta Potential ⁇ 20.65 ⁇ 2.375 Oligo/AuNP 876.5 ⁇ 60 strands
- RNase A was chosen to test cleavage of the oligonucleotide because it is part of a superfamily of RNases that exists in all organisms and within most environments, with the primary environmental source being bacteria and fungi). 28,34,35 When RNase A (0.126 ⁇ M) was added to the 11-mer oligonucleotide, it remained intact and no digestion was observed ( FIG. 6B ).
- the aqueous solution of Oligo-AuNPs was treated with 0.05 ⁇ M MN or RNase A and 2 mM CaCl 2 ( FIG. 1B ).
- the Oligo-AuNP solution was then incubated at 37° C. in a water bath. After 5 minutes, the MN-treated Oligo-AuNPs experienced a color change from red to purple in solution as well as a shift in ⁇ max from 530 nm to 570 nm.
- the RNase A condition did not result in a color change and the ⁇ max remained at 530 nm.
- Applicants sought to determine the limit of detection of the system in order to enable comparison to the fluorescent probe. Cleavage was measured as the ratio of the UV signal at 570 nm to 530 nm. In order to definitely determine limit of detection of the Oligo-AuNPs to MN, the UV absorbance curve needed to shift to at least 550 nm, the ratio of the UV signal 570 nm to 530 nm needed to be greater 0.5, and there needed to be a visible colorimetric change in solution. The sensitivity of the Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) was determined to have a limit of detection of 0.04 ⁇ M MN ( FIGS.
- Tube # Concentration ( ⁇ M) 1 0.040 2 0.005 3 4.958 4 0.030 5 0.001 6 0.992 7 0.050 8 0 9 9.917 10 0.010 11 0.099 12 0.496 13 0.020
- the concentration of the Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 ) and pH (7 in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 ) were investigated to determine if they affected the limit of detection.
- concentration of Oligo-AuNPs was reduced by half to 0.25 nM the sensitivity to MN remained unchanged ( FIGS. 9A-9C ), and when it was increased to 1 nM Oligo-AuNPs the sensitivity was again unchanged ( FIG. 9D-9F ).
- the Oligo-AuNPs In order to be used in applications, the Oligo-AuNPs must be able to function in various pH solutions. The particles proved to be stable in solutions ranging from pH 4-10 ( FIG.
- the one significant difference was the number of oligonucleotide strands coating the AuNPs, with the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs having 1327 strands/AuNP and the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs having 877 strands/AuNP. This difference likely arises because the larger and more highly charged 11-mer cannot be packed as densely on the AuNP surface.
- one possible mechanism of detection is that when the 11-mer coating is cleaved there are not enough 5-mer strands to fully coat the AuNP surface and aggregation occurs.
- a second possibility is that the 5-mer coating is further degraded.
- the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs had limited selectivity as aggregation was also observed with RNase A and the limit of detection was 0.010 ⁇ M RNase A ( FIGS. 3C and 3D and FIG. 13B ) indicating that the full sequence is required for selective detection. Based on this data, the working hypothesis is that detection occurs via initial cleavage between the deoxythymidines and subsequent continued degradation of the residual 5-mer sequence.
- Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT displacement. Both the 5-mer and 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent in diameter and surface charge. However, there were more strands of oligonucleotides on the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs.
- the trehalose-stored Oligo-AuNPs were further tested by using them in a more complex media, such as creek water and ocean water spiked with various concentrations of MN.
- a more complex media such as creek water and ocean water spiked with various concentrations of MN.
- the Oligo-AuNPs had a limit of detection of 0.04 ⁇ M MN ( FIGS. 4F and 4G and FIG. 14B ).
- Oligo-AuNPs treated with 4.958 ⁇ M to 9.917 ⁇ M MN undergo a colorimetric change from pink to light purple. This is due to rapid aggregation of the Oligo-AuNPs, which causes precipitation of the aggregates and adherence on the eppendorf tube causing the solution to be a lighter shade of purple.
- Applicants proceeded to test the Oligo-AuNPs against culture supernatants of various bacterial species: Acinetobacter baumannii ( A. baumannii ), Streptococcus pneumoniae ( S. pneumoniae ), Staphylococcus epidermidis ( S. epidermidis ), and Staphylococcus aureus ( S. aureus ) WT.
- the bacteria were cultured in Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB) ( S. aureus WT, S. pneumoniae and S. epidermidis ) or Nutrient Broth ( A. baumannii ).
- TTB Tryptic Soy Broth
- the culture supernatants were separated from the bacteria via centrifugation.
- aureus nuc1-nuc2- MN and Nuc2, a second secreted nuclease, were both knocked out and verified by Western blot ( FIGS. 16A and 16B ).
- the S. aureus nuc1- and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- supernatants also caused the Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate as well.
- the aggregation and color change seen in Oligo-AuNPs treated with supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- suggests that other factors (e.g., other nucleases) could play a role in causing the Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate.
- Oligo-AuNPs can be used as rapid colorimetric detectors for S. aureus .
- the Oligo-AuNPs can be stored as a lyophilized powder, rendering packaging and transportation simple. Usage is also simplified since samples of interest can be used to directly resuspend the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs.
- This platform has potential to be used to diagnose patients in point-of-care settings and to evaluate food and water sources, even in remote or low resource settings. Efforts to evaluate it in these circumstances are underway. By adjusting the coating, the platform should also be amenable to detecting enzymes secreted by other bacteria of interest.
- Citrate stabilized colloidal 20 nm AuNPs were purchased from Ted Pella. Chemically modified 5-mer, 6-mer and 11-mer oligonucleotides were synthesized and purchased from the Synthetic Chemistry Core at City of Hope. The quenched fluorescent 11-mer probe was purchased from IDT. The purified MN was purchased from Worthington Biochemical Corporation. S. aureus AH2600, S. pneumoniae AH1102, and S. epidermidis AH2490 were provided by Dr. Alexander Horswill (University of Iowa). The clinical isolate of A. baumannii 3.3 was provided by Dr. Bradley Ford (University of Iowa). DTT, NaHCO 3 , Acetic Acid, SDS, Na 2 HPO 4 .
- the oligonucleotide probes were synthesized by Integrated DNA Technologies (IDT) of Coralville, Iowa.
- the fluorescent 11-mer probe was synthesized using standard solid-phase phosphoramidite chemistry, followed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) purification
- Oligonucleotide Sequence TT probe 5′ FAM-mC-mU-mC-mG-T-T-mC-mG-mU- (FAM labeled) mU-mC-ZEN-RQ-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1)
- the 11-mer, 6-mer, and 5-mer oligonucleotides were synthesized and purified by the Synthetic and Biopolymer Chemistry Core at City of Hope.
- the oligonucleotide probes were synthesized on the Oligo Pilot 10 plus synthesizer (GE, Piscataway, N.J. 08854) at the scale of 10 ⁇ moles using standard phosphoramidite technology.
- Phosphoramidites were purchased from ThermoFisher (Milwaukee, Wis. 53202) and the remaining reagents from Tedia (Fairfield, Ohio 45014). Synthesized oligonucleotides were purified using Ion-Paired Chromatography (1).
- ESI-MS electron spray ionization mass spectrometry
- Oligo HTCS system Novatia LLC
- the measured molecular weights were within 1.5 Da of the expected molecular weights.
- Quantitation of the probes was achieved by calculating from their ultraviolet absorption data and their nearest-neighbor-model—based extinction coefficients at 260 nm. Extinction coefficients of 2′-O-methyl-modified nucleotides were assumed to be the same as that of RNA.
- Both the 11-mer (100 ⁇ L) and 5-mer (100 ⁇ L) oligonucleotides were reduced in 5 mL of 100 mM DTT and 100 mM NaHCO 3 for 1 hour on a shaker.
- DTT was removed from solution via purification by a spin filter device (3 k MWCO for 11-mer, 1 k MWCO for 5-mer). The solution was placed into the filter device and centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220 ⁇ g. After the filtrate was discarded, the oligonucleotides were washed with 30 mM acetic acid (4 mL) twice and then with H 2 O (4 mL) three times. Following each washing the solution was centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220 ⁇ g to remove the liquid.
- the retentate ( ⁇ 100 uL) was pipetted into a new eppendorf tube and diluted with 2-3 mL H 2 O.
- the absorbance at 260 nm was measured using the nanodrop spectrophotometer. If the absorbance exceeded 1, it was further diluted with H 2 O. In order to calculate the concentration
- the absorbance (A) was divided by the product of either the extinction coefficient (e) of the 11-mer (96,600 L/mol ⁇ cm) or the 5-mer (43,200 L/mol ⁇ cm) and the light path length.
- the light path length (l) used was 0.1 cm.
- To 10 mL of 20 nm AuNPs purchased from TedPella (1.1624 nmol AuNPs/L, 0.0116 nmol) was added a 5000 ⁇ excess of oligonucleotide (1 mL, 58.12 nmol), which was then allowed to incubate on a shaker overnight at RT. The next morning, the AuNP solutions underwent salt-aging over five hours.
- the final buffer concentrations after 5 hours was 0.01% or 0.0375% SDS, 10 mM Na 2 HPO 4 .7H 2 O, and 0.5 M NaCl.
- the Oligo-AuNPs were then incubated overnight. In order to remove unbound oligonucleotide strands, the AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes. The supernatant was discarded. The Oligo-AuNPs were then washed 3 ⁇ and dispersed in 10 mL H 2 O. UV absorbance of the Oligo-AuNPs was measured (525 nm) using a spectrophotometer.
- the absorbance of the Oligo-AuNPs at 525 nm was divided by the extinction coefficient of the 20 nm AuNPs (9.016 ⁇ 10 8 L/mol*cm). The path length used was 1 cm.
- the solution was then diluted with H 2 O to reach a final concentration of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs.
- the Oligo-AuNPs were then characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and TEM.
- the retentate was then pipetted into an eppendorf tube and placed into a speed vacuum overnight at 45° C.
- the pellet obtained contained only oligonucleotide with no AuNPs detected by UV (absorbance at 260 nm for oligonucleotides, but no absorbance at >500 nm for AuNPs).
- the oligonucleotide pellet was resuspended into 50 ⁇ L H 2 O and the UV absorbance was measured at 260 nm using the nanodrop spectrophotometer.
- the absorbance at 260 nm was divided by the product of the extinction coefficient of the 11-mer (96,600 L/mol*cm) or the 5-mer (43,200 L/mol*cm) and the light path length.
- the light path length used was 0.1 cm.
- the amount of oligonucleotides per particle was determined by dividing the number of strands by the number of AuNPs in 500 ⁇ L (1.5055 ⁇ 10 11 AuNPs).
- oligonucleotide 15 ⁇ L of 400 pmoles oligonucleotide were used in each reaction. 1 ⁇ L of 100 mM CaCl 2 was added to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl 2 . For each digestion, 0.5-1 ⁇ L of MN or 9.917 ⁇ M MN or 0.2 ⁇ g/mL RNase A (negative control) or 0.126 ⁇ M RNase A (negative control) was used. After the addition of the enzyme, H 2 O was added to reach a final reaction volume of 50 ⁇ L. This was incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 1 hour.
- the digest was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter and then run on a LC-MS (Agilent 1100 HPLC coupled with an Agilent 6120 Mass Spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC BEH Phenyl Column, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.1 mm ⁇ 50 mm with 100 mM HFIP and 4 mM TEA in H 2 O and methanol gradient at 200 ⁇ J/min flow rate).
- LC-MS Alent 1100 HPLC coupled with an Agilent 6120 Mass Spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC BEH Phenyl Column, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.1 mm ⁇ 50 mm with 100 mM HFIP and 4 mM TEA in H 2 O and methanol gradient at 200 ⁇ J/min flow rate.
- 5 ⁇ L of 0.5 M EDTA was added to the oligonucleotide before the addition of the enzyme.
- a 200 ⁇ L solution of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was used for this study.
- Various concentrations of MN in solution were made by serially diluting the stock sample (20 unit/ ⁇ L or 198.34 ⁇ M). The glycerol concentration and water used were kept constant. 10 ⁇ L of the MN solution at various concentrations were added to the Oligo-AuNPs along with 4.2 ⁇ L of 100 mM CaCl 2 to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl 2 .
- the Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 ⁇ L was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- Diluted acetic acid or sodium hydroxide was added to 0.02 M sodium acetate buffer in order to create solutions ranging from pH 4-10.
- 200 uL of Oligo-AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes and the supernatant was discarded.
- the Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into the various buffers ranging from pH 4-10.
- Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 ⁇ L was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- MN was serially diluted in either pH 4 or pH 10 buffers.
- the glycerol concentration and buffers used were kept constant.
- 2 mL of Oligo-AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes and the supernatant was discarded.
- the Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into either 2 mL 0.02 M sodium acetate buffer at pH 4 or pH 10.
- 200 ⁇ L Oligo-AuNPs were aliquoted into 8 tubes. 10 ⁇ L of the MN solution at various concentrations was added to the Oligo-AuNPs along with 4.2 ⁇ L of 100 mM CaCl 2 .
- the Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 ⁇ L was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- Bacterial supernatants were dialyzed using a micro-dialysis cassette with a 3.5 MWCO. 110 ⁇ L of each bacterial supernatant was transferred to each dialysis cassette. 1.4 mL of 1 ⁇ DPBS with calcium and magnesium was used as the dialysis buffer. The dialysis buffer was replaced with fresh 1 ⁇ DPBS after 2 hours for a total of 3 washes. 2 ⁇ L of 25 ⁇ M probe (50 pmoles) in H 2 O was used for each reaction. 8 ⁇ L of purified MN (various concentrations) was added to the probe then incubated in a water bath at 37° C. for 15 minutes.
- Oligo-AuNPs were lyophilized using trehalose.
- 200 ⁇ L of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was added 200 ⁇ L of 20 mg/mL trehalose leading to a final concentration of 10 mg/mL trehalose.
- the tip of a metal spatula was then heated with a bunsen burner and used to puncture the plastic cap of the eppendorf tube to create a hole. Filter paper was placed on the opening of the eppendorf tube before sealing with the cap.
- the Oligo-AuNPs within the eppendorf tube were then flash frozen using dry ice and ethanol and then lyophilized overnight.
- the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were resuspended in 200 ⁇ L H 2 O supplemented with 2 mM CaCl 2 and spiked with 10 ⁇ L of MN solution at various concentrations.
- lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were reconstituted in either creek water or ocean water spiked with MN at various concentrations supplemented with 2 mM CaCl 2 .
- Oligo-AuNPs were vortexed then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted.
- 95 ⁇ L of Oligo-AuNPs were loaded into a 96-well plate and the UV absorbance was measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- Culture broth was inoculated from frozen stocks of each of the indicated bacterial species.
- S. pneumoniae was grown in 5 mL of TSB supplemented with 0.3% yeast extract; the tubes were capped to minimize airflow (anaerobic conditions).
- A. baumannii was grown in 5 mL of nutrient broth in aerobic conditions.
- S. aureus and S. epidermidis were grown in TSB (no yeast extract) in aerobic conditions. Bacteria were grown overnight ( ⁇ 18 hours) at 37° C. with shaking at 200 RPM. The 5 mL cultures were centrifuged at 4000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes to pellet the bacteria. The supernatants were then transferred to fresh conical tubes and refrigerated.
- Protein concentration in the various bacterial supernatants and TSB was determined by the BCA Protein Assay Kit. Equal amounts of protein (20 ⁇ g) were loaded on a precast Any KD Mini-PROTEAN TGX gel followed by transfer onto nitrocellulose. Membranes were blocked for 1 hour at 4° C. with 5% milk in Tris-buffered saline containing 0.1% Tween 20. The sheep anti-DNase IgG conjugated to horseradish peroxidase diluted 1:5000 in 5% milk and incubated with the membrane at room temperature for 1 hour. Immunoblots were quantified using Image J.
- Oligo-AuNPs 1 mL of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was used in the cleavage experiments. 100 ⁇ L of supernatants from S. aureus, A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, S. epidermidis , and TSB were used. The treated Oligo-AuNPs were vortexed quickly and then 20 ⁇ L of 100 mM CaCl 2 was added to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl 2 . The Oligo-AuNPs were then vortexed and quickly spun-down using a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf tube. They were then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of each solution was noted.
- Oligo-AuNPs were then centrifuged at 16,000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes. The supernatant was collected and placed into a new eppendorf tube. This was repeated 2 more times to ensure that there were no AuNPs in solution. The supernatant was then placed into a speed vacuum overnight at 45° C. 100 ⁇ L of H 2 O was added to each eppendorf tube and vortexed several times. The tubes were spun down quickly in a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf. The solutions were then filtered through a 0.2 um filter and run on the LC-MS. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into 250 ⁇ L of H 2 O and vortexed. 3 ⁇ L of treated Oligo-AuNPs were then loaded onto a 300-mesh copper grid for TEM imaging.
- AuNPs Gold nanoparticles
- SPR surface plasmon resonance
- This new platform is able to provide a rapid, visually-definitive result that requires no extraneous instrumentation.
- This oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNP) platform can be used in potential applications in the clinic as well as in evaluating water sources in developing countries.
- S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus
- Patients that have weakened immune systems, surgical wounds, or invasive medical devices are most at risk of contracting a staph infection.
- Other sources of infection can be from contaminated food and water sources.
- the diagnosis of S. aureus infections oftentimes requires biopsy with further culturing. This delay allows the bacterial infection to progress and can place patients in life-threatening situations (i.e. sepsis, endocarditis, osteomyelitis, toxic shock syndrome, and pneumonia). 3,11 Strides have been made in using LC-MS/MS to detect S.
- Oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles are an attractive platform since they possess physical and optical properties that make them excellent candidates for colorimetric biosensors.
- 13 AuNPs have a surface plasmon resonance (SPR) that is influenced by size, geometry, ligand and proximity to other nanoparticles. Due to this, nanoparticle aggregation results in a shift in SPR related absorption ( ⁇ 520 nm to ⁇ 650 nm) causing a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple. 14,15 The color change seen in solution during the aggregation of AuNPs provides the grounds for a practical platform for biosensing.
- SPR surface plasmon resonance
- AuNPs modified with oligonucleotides can be manipulated by enzymatic reactions allowing particles to assemble or disassemble. 3,9,10,11,13,14,15,18
- Early work on oligonucleotide-functionalized AuNPs was pioneered by Mirkin and coworkers who created crosslinked networks of AuNP aggregates using complementary thiol-modified oligonucleotide strands to monitor endonuclease activity. 18,19 In the presence of DNAse I, these hybridized oligonucleotides were cleaved, causing the aggregate to disperse into single particles which allowed the solution to change from purple to red.
- the DNAzyme strand cleaves the substrate strand resulting in a color change from purple to red.
- 20 Li and coworkers have also created model colorimetric biosensors for the detection of enzymatic cleavage by DNase I and “8-17” DNAzyme.
- particles were functionalized with a S1 oligonucleotide strand, treated with 6-mercaptohexanol, then hybridized with the S2 strand.
- DNase I the DNA duplex is cleaved destabilizing the AuNPs, allowing the solution to change from red to purple.
- the probe consists of 2′O-methylated chemically modified oligonucleotides with an unmodified pair of deoxythymidines in the center of the sequence and a fluorophore and quencher on either ends. The chemical modifications render it resistant to mammalian serum nucleases.
- MN microccal nuclease
- the oligonucleotide strand is cleaved between the unmodified deoxythymidines, producing a fluorescent signal within 15 minutes and having a limit of detection at 0.05 units/ ⁇ L. 11
- Applicants decided to implement this oligonucleotide sequence and conjugate it onto a AuNP.
- the oligonucleotides are cleaved off of the AuNPs causing the individual particles to aggregate together.
- the aggregation phenomenon causes a red-to-purple color change within 5 minutes and is specific towards S. aureus .
- This new platform is able to provide a rapid, visually-definitive result that requires no extraneous instrumentation.
- This oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNP) platform can be used in potential applications in the clinic as well as in evaluating water sources in developing countries.
- Applicants have functionalized gold nanoparticles with an 11-mer oligonucleotide (5′-mCmUmCmGTTmCmGmUmUmC-3′ (SEQ. ID. NO:1)) that has been chemically modified to have 2′O methylations on all bases except for the two thymidines in the center. Enzymes within the body are not able to recognize the chemical modifications on the Oligonucleotide and will not cleave it, however, bacterial nucleases are able to digest chemically modified oligonucleotides. These functionalized gold nanoparticles are stable and red in solution, however, when it comes in contact with nuclease secreted by S.
- the oligonucleotide is cleaved causing particles to aggregate and undergo a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple. Detection of micrococcal nuclease secreted by S. aureus is rapid.
- Applicants have also tested the AuNPs using various other bacterial supernatants such as S. Epidermidis, S. pneumoniae, S. aureus , and A. baumannii . A color change is only exhibited for some S. Aureus supernatant conditions.
- Oligonucleotides were reduced with 100 mM DTT and 100 mM NaHCO 3 for 1 hour. DTT was removed through spin filtration. The oligonucleotides (58.12 nmol, 1 mL) were then added to the 20 nm AuNPs (0.0116 nmol, 10 mL) at 5,000 ⁇ excess. AuNPs were allowed to incubate on a tabletop shaker overnight. AuNPs then underwent a 5 hour salt-aging process and were incubated on a tabletop shaker overnight. In order to remove unbound oligonucleotides, AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000 ⁇ g for 20 minutes and washed 3 ⁇ with H2O.
- the Oligo-AuNPs were then diluted with H2O so that the stock concentration was 0.5 nM.
- the Oligo-AuNPs had an UV absorbance at 530 nm and were 33.8 nm in diameter as seen in FIG. 21B and Table 9.
- FIG. 19C TEM images show Oligo-AuNPs to be monodisperse after functionalization as seen.
- the zeta potential measurements gave a value of ⁇ 20.65.
- a DTT displacement protocol was used according to a protocol previously reported by Mirkin and coworkers 41 .
- the solution was transferred to a 3 k MWCO spin filter and washed 5 ⁇ with H2O to remove the DTT.
- the solution was then placed into a speed vac for ⁇ 16 hours.
- the pellet was then dispersed in 50 ⁇ L of H2O and the UV absorbance was taken at 260 nm.
- the amount of oligonucleotide strands was then divided by the amount of AuNPs in 500 ⁇ L (529 strands per AuNP).
- the 11-mer oligonucleotide was first digested with purified micrococcal nuclease (MN) and RNase (negative control) and analyzed by LC-MS (Agilent 1100 HPLC/Agilent 6120 Mass Spectrometer).
- MN micrococcal nuclease
- RNase negative control
- the 11-mer was undigested when treated with MN or RNase A both with and without CaCl 2 .
- the Oligo-AuNPs were then treated with 1 unit/ ⁇ L of MN or 10 ⁇ g/mL of RNase A in addition to 2 mM CaCl 2 .
- the Oligo-AuNPs were then incubated in a water bath at 37° C. for 5 minutes.
- the MN treated Oligo-AuNPs experienced a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple as well as a shift in absorbance from 530 nm to 570 nm as seen in FIG. 1B .
- the RNase A condition did not result in a color change and the UV absorbance remained at 530 nm.
- the supernatant was collected and placed into a new eppendorf tube. This was repeated 2 more times to ensure that there were no AuNPs in solution. The supernatant was then placed into a speed vac. overnight at 45° C. 100 ⁇ L of H2O was added to each eppendorf tube and vortexed several times. The tubes were spun down quickly in a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf. The solutions were then filtered through a 0.2 um filter and ran on the LC-MS. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into 250 ⁇ L of H2O (one spin down is enough to get rid of the excess salt and broth) and vortexed. 3 ⁇ L of treated Oligo-AuNPs were then loaded onto a 300-mesh copper grid for TEM imaging.
- Oligo-AuNPs were then treated with the various bacterial supernatants and monitored. After 5 minutes, the S. aureus supernatant condition experienced a color change from red to purple as well as a shift in absorbance from 530 nm to 570 nm as seen in FIGS. 5A and 5B . The broth and the other bacterial supernatants used to treat Oligo-AuNPs remained red in solution and did not shift in UV absorbance. In FIG. 5C , DLS showed a drastic increase in diameter when Oligo-AuNPs are treated with S. aureus supernatant. By TEM, Applicants see mass aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs when treated with S.
- the 11-mer oligonucleotide is cleaved on the Oligo-AuNPs and the 6-mer oligonucleotide is dispersed in solution.
- the 5-mer oligonucleotide remains on the Oligo-AuNP. This led us to investigate how the Oligo-AuNPs were aggregating despite having 5-mers attached to the surface of the AuNPs.
- AuNPs were functionalized with a thiolated 5-mer oligonucleotide.
- the UV absorbance of the 11-mer and 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent (530 nm) as seen in FIG. 12A .
- the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were seen to be monodisperse, suggesting that oligonucleotides as small as a 5-mer can act as colloidal stabilizers.
- the diameter of the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs was measured by DLS to be 30.73 nm.
- DTT displacement the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were discovered to have more strands of oligonucleotides (823 strands/AuNP) on its surface compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (529 strands/AuNP).
- Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT displacement. Both the 5-mer and 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent in diameter and surface charge. However, there were more strands of oligonucleotides on the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs.
- the sensitivity of the Oligo-AuNP biosensor was determined to have a limit of detection of 0.01 units/ ⁇ L.
- the specificity of cleavage and limit of detection of the quenched fluorescent 11-mer probe was equivalent to the Oligo-AuNPs.
- Footprint (K) was calculated by:
- Oligo-AuNPs as a biosensor for MN secreted by S. aureus through enzymatic cleavage.
- the 11-mer oligonucleotide functionalized on 20 nm AuNPs is cleaved leaving behind a 5-mer oligonucleotide on the AuNP and the 6-mer displaced in solution. This results in aggregation of the particles and a colorimetric change from red to purple within 5 minutes.
- the Oligo-AuNPs are also specific to S. aureus supernatants and do not aggregate in supernatants from A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae , or S. epidermidis .
- the limit of detection of Oligo-AuNPs was 0.01 units/ ⁇ L MN.
- the 5-mer remains on the surface, however, this exposes the empty gaps on the surface of the Oligo-AuNPs and decreases the interparticle repulsion forces allowing aggregation to occur. This also suggests that a few cleavage events are necessary in order for instability and aggregation to occur.
- Staphylcoccus aureus is a bacterium that causes nosocomial infections. There are more than 500,000 staph infections each year in the U.S. However, current methods for detection of staph bacteria delay diagnosis, allowing the progression of the infection to occur. Current diagnostics require 24 to 48 hours to culture bacteria, gram staining, and coagulase testing.
- oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles are utilized to create a diagnostic platform for the rapid detection of staph bacteria. This detection is based on the cleavage of the PEGylated-oligonucleotide by micrococcal nuclease secreted by staph bacteria. The loss of PEG causes the AuNPs to become unstable and agglomerate (Table 11). Due to the optical properties of gold nanoparticles, aggregation states can be visually identified leading to the definitive diagnosis of staph bacterial infections.
- a variety of different sized AuNPs can be functionalized with the PEGylated oligonucleotide.
- Dynamic Light Scattering, Zeta Potential, and TEM results confirmed that the oligonucleotide coating allowed the oligo-AuNPs to remain in a monodisperse state, as seen in FIG. 19A , FIGS. 4J-4L , and FIGS. 24-33 .
- Stability was seen up to 11 days with the 50 nm oligo-AuNPs, shown in FIGS. 28A and 28B .
- the oligo-AuNPs are specifically cleaved by the micrococcal nuclease as evidenced by a colorimetric change in solution, TEM images, and the UV/Vis spectra.
- This platform results in a simple colorimetric readout and effectively reduces detection time to 1 hour, which is highly advantageous compared to current methods that require 24-48 hours. These results serve as a proof-of-concept, demonstrating that this is a potential diagnostic platform for the detection of bacteria.
- a functionalized nanoparticle comprising a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating, wherein said nanoparticle coating comprises: a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to said nanoparticle core, wherein each of said nucleic acid moieties comprises: (i) a first linker binding said nucleic acid moiety to said nanoparticle core; and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to said first linker, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence comprises a nuclease cleavage site.
- nanoparticle core is about 3 to about 20 nm in length.
- the functionalized nanoparticle one of embodiments 1-3, wherein said nanoparticle core is a metal nanoparticle core.
- the functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 4, wherein said metal nanoparticle core comprises titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon.
- nanoparticle core comprises an outer shell layer and an inner layer, wherein said outer shell layer is chemically distinct from said inner layer.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N 3 , —NO 2 , —CF 3
- nuclease cleavage site comprises an unmodified nucleotide.
- nuclease cleavage site is a bacterial nuclease cleavage site.
- nuclease cleavage site is a micrococcal nuclease cleavage site.
- each of said nucleic acid moieties further comprises a water soluble moiety covalently attached to said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- water soluble polymer moiety is a biopolymer moiety, an alkylpolyamine moiety, an alkylpolyamide moiety, an alkylpolyether moiety, an alkylpolysulfonates moiety, a polyacrylamide moiety, a carbohydrate moiety or an alkylpolyalcohol moiety.
- halogen —N 3 , —NO 2 , —CF 3 , —CCl 3 , —CBr 3 , —CI 3 , —CN, —OH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —CONH 2 , —NO 2 , —SH, —SO 2 Cl, —SO 3 H, —SO 4 H, —SO 2 NH 2 , —NHNH 2 , —ONH 2 , —OCH 3 , —NHCNHNH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and n.1 is independently 1 or 2.
- a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles wherein each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-25.
- a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate comprising: (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles of embodiment 26; and (ii) allowing said nuclease to cleave said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at said nuclease cleavage site of said plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- step (ii) comprises forming a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles comprising a cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/249,080, filed Oct. 30, 2015, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety and for all purposes.
- More than 500,000 Americans contract staphylococcus infections in the US each year. Current clinical methods to detect staphylococcus can take 2-3 days to process, which delays the prognosis allowing the infection to progress. Early detection is essential to prevent acute symptoms from developing into chronic diseases such as endocarditis and osteomyelitis. Because current diagnostic procedures require hours to several days, there is an imminent need to create a point-of-care diagnostic platform that is rapid as well as sensitive, simple, and cost-effective. Provided herein are solutions to these and other problems in the art.
- In one aspect, a functionalized nanoparticle is provided. The functionalized nanoparticle includes a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. And (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- In one aspect, a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles is provided and each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein including embodiments thereof.
- In one aspect, a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate is provided. The method includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a plurality of cleaved nanoparticles. (iii) The plurality of cleaved nanoparticles are allowed to bind to each other, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- In one aspect, a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate is provided. The method includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
-
FIGS. 1A-1B . Characterization of Oligo-AuNPs and aggregation of the Oligo-AuNPs after MN treatment.FIG. 1A . Oligo-AuNPs were tested by adding in MN and CaCl2 followed by a 5 minute incubation in a 37° C. water bath after which a color change from red to purple occurred.FIG. 1B . Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.05 μM MN or RNase A. The λmax of the Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN is seen to shift from 530 nm to 570 nm and the solution experienced a color change from red to purple within 5 minutes. -
FIGS. 2A-2F . Specificity of Oligo-AuNPs to Micrococcal Nuclease.FIG. 2A . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection The limit of detection of Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN was 0.04 μM.FIG. 2B . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.04 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 2C . There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MNFIG. 2D . The limit of detection of Oligo-AuNPs treated with RNase A was 4.958 μM.FIG. 2E . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 μM to 9.917 μM RNase A.FIG. 2F There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 μM to 9.917 μM RNase A. -
FIGS. 3A-D . Oligo-AuNP mechanism of detection.FIG. 3A . The limit of detection of 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN was 0.020 μM.FIG. 3B . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.020 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 3C . The limit of detection of 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs treated with RNase A was 0.010 μM.FIG. 3D . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.010 μM to 9.917 μM RNase A. -
FIGS. 4A-4G .FIG. 4A . The Oligo-AuNPs could be lyophilized for long-term storage and reconstituted in water or sample of interest.FIG. 4B . Shows that after lyophilization, 200 μL of H2O spiked with various concentration of MN were used to re-disperse the Oligo-AuNPs. The limit of detection of the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs was determined to be 0.040 μM MN.FIG. 4C . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 4D . The limit of detection of lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN-spiked creek water was 0.040 μM MN.FIG. 4E . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN spiked in creek water.FIG. 4F . The limit of detection of lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs treated with MN-spiked ocean water was 4.958 μM MN.FIG. 4G . Colorimetric changes in solution were seen when lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 μM to 9.917 μM MN spiked in ocean water. -
FIGS. 5A-5D . Oligo-AuNPs were treated with various bacterial supernatants.FIG. 5A . The various S. aureus supernatants caused aggregation to occur and the λmax to shift from 530 nm to 570 nm.FIG. 5B . Treatment with various S. aureus supernatants resulted in a color change from red to purple in solution.FIG. 5C . DLS measurements showed a significant increase in diameter when the various S. aureus supernatants were used to treat Oligo-AuNPs.FIG. 5D . TSB, A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, and S. epidermidis treated Oligo-AuNPs were monodisperse by TEM, however, particles treated with any of the S. aureus supernatants underwent mass aggregation. 6500× magnification, inset: 30000× magnification. -
FIGS. 6A-6B .FIG. 6A . The 11-mer Oligonucleotide was digested with 9.917 μM MN and analyzed by LC-MS. MN w/Ca cleaved the 11-mer into even smaller oligonucleotides, whereas MN w/o Ca primarily cleaved the 11-mer between the unmodified deoxythymidines, which yielded 6-mers. The addition of EDTA suppressed cleavage from occurring.FIG. 6B . RNase A (0.126 μM) was used to digest the 11-mer oligonucleotide as a negative control. In all conditions, no cleavage peaks appeared and the 11-mer was left intact. -
FIG. 7 . MN was serially diluted and used to digest the 11-mer oligonucleotide (400 pmoles). At the highest concentration used, MN cleaved multiple sites within the 11-mer. However, from 0.992 μM to 0.001 μM MN, the primary cleavage site was between the unmodified deoxythymidines. -
FIG. 8 . The limit of detection of the fluorescent probe was determined to be 0.496 μM MN. -
FIGS. 9A-9F .FIGS. 9A-9C . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.25 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIGS. 9D-9F . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (1 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.050 μM to 9.917 μM MN. -
FIGS. 10A-10I .FIGS. 10A-10C . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were stable in solution from pH 4-10 and the λmax remained at 530 nm.FIGS. 10D-10F . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN atpH 4 to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIGS. 10G-10I . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN atpH 10 to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance and a color change in solution when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN. -
FIG. 11 . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were treated with varying concentrations of MN and the tubes were scrambled. Participants were able to sort and differentiate between aggregated and non-aggregated samples. -
FIGS. 12A-12C .FIG. 12A . The 11-mer and 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs had an equivalent λmax at 530 nm.FIG. 12B . TEM images were taken of the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (30,000× magnification).FIG. 12C . TEM images were taken of the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (30,000× magnification). -
FIGS. 13A-13B .FIG. 13A . 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.020 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 13B . 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of RNase A to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.010 μM to 9.917 μM RNase A. -
FIGS. 14A-14C .FIG. 14A . Lyophilized 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 14B . Lyophilized 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN spiked into creek water to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 0.040 μM to 9.917 μM MN.FIG. 14C . Lyophilized 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with varying concentrations of MN spiked into ocean water to determine the limit of detection. There was a shift in the UV-absorbance when Oligo-AuNPs were treated with 4.958 μM to 9.917 μM MN. -
FIGS. 15A-15B .FIG. 15A . The minimum volume of S. aureus WT supernatant needed was 10 μL. Using 10 μL, the λmax shifted to 560 nm. The study was drawn out to 1 hour in order to allow the lower volumes (1 μL-5 μL) of S. aureus WT supernatant used more time to digest since the λmax for these conditions did not shift after 5 minutes.FIG. 15B . A colorimetric change in solution from red to purple occurred within 5 minutes when 104, to 100 μl of S. aureus supernatant was used. After extending the incubation time to 1 hour, the lower volumes (1 μL-5 μL) of S. aureus WT supernatant used to treat Oligo-AuNPs did not undergo a color change. -
FIGS. 16A-16B .FIG. 16A . Two different sets of supernatants from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-, S. epidermidis, S. pneumoniae, and A. baumannii were analyzed for MN expression by Western blot. Supernatant from S. aureus WT is the only condition that expressed MN, meaning that complete knock-out of MN was successful in S. aureus nuc1- and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-.FIG. 16B . Western blots were performed on all of the supernatants to determine MN expression. S. aureus is the only bacteria that expresses MN. -
FIGS. 17A-17F .FIG. 17A . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- in the presence of 2 mM CaCl2 for 5 minutes. There was a shift in λmax from 530 nm to 570 nm for the S. aureus conditions.FIG. 17B . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- in the presence of 2 mM CaCl2 for 1 hour. There was a shift in λmax from 530 nm to 570 nm for the S. aureus conditions and a decrease in absorbance due to aggregation of the Oligo-AuNPs.FIG. 17C . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- without CaCl2 for 5 minutes. Supernatant from S. aureus caused a shift in max from 530 nm to 560 nm. S. aureus nuc1- and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- did not cause a shift in UV absorbance.FIG. 17D . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- without CaCl2 for 1 hour. Supernatant from S. aureus caused a shift in λmax from 530 nm to 570 nm. S. aureus nuc1-caused a shift in in λmax from 530 nm to 545 nm and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- caused a shift in λmax from 530 nm to 540 nm.FIG. 17E-17F . 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) were treated with TSB or supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- with CaCl2 and EDTA for both 5 minutes and 1 hour. After 5 minutes or 1 hour, no shift in the UV absorbance was seen. -
FIG. 18A . The fluorescent probe was treated with various bacterial supernatants. The fluorescent probe was specific to only the S. aureus WT supernatant. -
FIG. 19A-19C .Shows 20 nm AuNPs that were functionalized by using 5000 excess of oglionucleotides to AuNPs. AuNPs underwent a 5 hour salt aging process.FIG. 19B . Oglio-AuNPs have similar UV absorbance to unfunctionalized 20 nm particles (530 nm).FIG. 19C . TEM images that were taken of functionalized Oglio-AuNPs; 6500× magnification, small inset: 30,000× magnification. -
FIG. 20 . 5 nm Oligo-AuNPs are stable until micrococcal nuclease addition, whereupon the aggregation occurs. -
FIG. 21 . the combination of oligonucleotide functionalization and salting-in results in high polydispersity index for the AuNPs. -
FIG. 22A-22B .FIG. 22A . The Oligo-AuNPs are monodisperse and red in solution before enzymatic cleavage.FIG. 22B . Following the addition of the nuclease which causes Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate and become polydisperse, there is a colorimetric change from red to purple. -
FIG. 23 . An increase in oligonucleotide displacement of AuNPs is seen over time, as measured by DTT Displacement. -
FIG. 24 . Shows the stability of 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs over time. -
FIG. 25 . The polydispersity of the 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs over time. -
FIGS. 26A-26B . TEM Images of 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs.FIG. 26A shows 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs prior to enzymatic treatment.FIG. 26B shows 50 nm Oligo-AuNPs post to enzymatic treatment. The addition of the nuclease causes the monodisperse 50 nm AuNPs to aggregate, which leads to a colorimetric change in solution. -
FIG. 27 . The UV-Vis spectra of 20 nm AuNPs. The surface plasmon wavelength is shifted to the right when oligo-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs are cleaved. -
FIGS. 28A-28C . TEM images of oligo-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs.FIG. 28A shows Oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs andFIG. 28C shows RNASE treated oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 nm AuNPs remain stable and monodisperse in solution.FIG. 28B . Oligonucleotide-functionalized 20 m AuNPs were cleaved with the micrococcal endonuclease, causing the AuNPs to aggregate. -
FIG. 29 . UV-Vis Spectra of AuNPs of various Sizes. Optical properties of colloidal AuNPs are dependent on AuNP shape and size. As the diameter increases, the wavelength of the surface plasmon resonance related absorption shifts to the right. -
FIG. 30 . Effect of Aggregation on Optical Properties of 20 nm AuNPs. AuNPs aggregate upon the addition of PBS, causing the surface plasmon resonance wavelength to shift to the right. -
FIG. 31 . Effect of Aggregation on Optical Properties of 50 nm AuNPs. AuNPs aggregate upon the addition of PBS, causing the surface plasmon resonance wavelength to shift to the right. - The abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts. The chemical structures and formulae set forth herein are constructed according to the standard rules of chemical valency known in the chemical arts.
- Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH2O— is equivalent to —OCH2—.
- The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-C10 means one to ten carbons). Alkyl is not cyclized. Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (—O—).
- The term “alkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, S, Se and Si, and wherein the nitrogen, selenium, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, Se, and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to: —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2, —S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH═CH—O—CH3, —Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3, —O—CH3, —O—CH2—CH3, and —CN. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3.
- Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2—CH2—S—CH2—CH2— and —CH2—S—CH2—CH2—NH—CH2—. Heteroalkyl is not cyclized. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula —C(O)2R′— represents both —C(O)2R′— and —R′C(O)2—. As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SeR′, —SR′, and/or —SO2R′. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.
- The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are not aromatic. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- The terms “halo” or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C1-C4)alkyl” includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- The term “acyl” means, unless otherwise stated, —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (e.g. 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently. A fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms (e.g. N, O, or S), wherein sulfur heteroatoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl is an aryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl is a heteroaryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to a cycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to another heterocycloalkyl. Fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, or fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl may each independently be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substituents described herein. Spirocyclic rings are two or more rings wherein adjacent rings are attached through a single atom. The individual rings within spirocyclic rings may be identical or different. Individual rings in spirocyclic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted and may have different substituents from other individual rings within a set of spirocyclic rings. Possible substituents for individual rings within spirocyclic rings are the possible substituents for the same ring when not part of spirocyclic rings (e.g. substituents for cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl rings). Spirocylic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene and individual rings within a spirocyclic ring group may be any of the immediately previous list, including having all rings of one type (e.g. all rings being substituted heterocycloalkylene wherein each ring may be the same or different substituted heterocycloalkylene). When referring to a spirocyclic ring system, heterocyclic spirocyclic rings means a spirocyclic rings wherein at least one ring is a heterocyclic ring and wherein each ring may be a different ring. When referring to a spirocyclic ring system, substituted spirocyclic rings means that at least one ring is substituted and each substituent may optionally be different.
- The term “oxo,” as used herein, means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- Each of the above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “aryl,” and “heteroaryl”) includes both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, —OR′, ═O, ═NR′, ═N—OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″“, —NR—C(NR′R”)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN, and —NO2 in a number ranging from zero to (2m′+1), where m′ is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ group when more than one of these groups is present. When R′ and R″ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, —NR′R″ includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF3 and —CH2CF3) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CF3, —C(O)CH2OCH3, and the like).
- Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″“, —NR—C(NR′R”)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN, —NO2, —R′, —N3, —CH(Ph)2, fluoro(C1-C4)alkoxy, and fluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″, and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- Substituents for rings (e.g. cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylene, heterocycloalkylene, arylene, or heteroarylene) may be depicted as substituents on the ring rather than on a specific atom of a ring (commonly referred to as a floating substituent). In such a case, the substituent may be attached to any of the ring atoms (obeying the rules of chemical valency) and in the case of fused rings or spirocyclic rings, a substituent depicted as associated with one member of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on a single ring), may be a substituent on any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on multiple rings). When a substituent is attached to a ring, but not a specific atom (a floating substituent), and a subscript for the substituent is an integer greater than one, the multiple substituents may be on the same atom, same ring, different atoms, different fused rings, different spirocyclic rings, and each substituent may optionally be different. Where a point of attachment of a ring to the remainder of a molecule is not limited to a single atom (a floating substituent), the attachment point may be any atom of the ring and in the case of a fused ring or spirocyclic ring, any atom of any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings while obeying the rules of chemical valency. Where a ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings contain one or more ring heteroatoms and the ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings are shown with one more floating substituents (including, but not limited to, points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule), the floating substituents may be bonded to the heteroatoms. Where the ring heteroatoms are shown bound to one or more hydrogens (e.g. a ring nitrogen with two bonds to ring atoms and a third bond to a hydrogen) in the structure or formula with the floating substituent, when the heteroatom is bonded to the floating substituent, the substituent will be understood to replace the hydrogen, while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
- Two or more substituents may optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups. Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure. In one embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure. In another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure. In yet another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to non-adjacent members of the base structure.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′)q—U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′—, or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r—B—, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)2NR′—, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′)s—X′—(C″R′″)d—, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, or —S(O)2NR′—. The substituents R, R′, R″, and R′″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- As used herein, the terms “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- A “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
-
- (A) —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, oxo, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (B) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (i) oxo, —OH, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (ii) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (a) oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (b) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from: oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, and unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- A “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- A “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- In embodiments, each substituted group described in the compounds herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. More specifically, in embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted aryl ene, and/or substituted heteroarylene described in the compounds herein are substituted with at least one substituent group. In embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group. In embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.
- In embodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl may be a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl. In embodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- In embodiments, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl. In embodiments, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)-for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention do not include those which are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate. The present invention is meant to include compounds in racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
- As used herein, the term “isomers” refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
- The term “tautomer,” as used herein, refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
- It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that certain compounds of this invention may exist in tautomeric forms, all such tautomeric forms of the compounds being within the scope of the invention.
- Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention.
- Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention.
- The compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I), or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
-
- The terms “a” or “an,” as used in herein means one or more. In addition, the phrase “substituted with a[n],” as used herein, means the specified group may be substituted with one or more of any or all of the named substituents. For example, where a group, such as an alkyl or heteroaryl group, is “substituted with an unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl,” the group may contain one or more unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyls, and/or one or more unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyls.
- Moreover, where a moiety is substituted with an R substituent, the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different (i.e. independently substituted). Where a particular R group is present in the description of a chemical genus (such as Formula (I)), a Roman alphabetic symbol may be used to distinguish each appearance of that particular R group. For example, where multiple R3 substituents are present, each R3 substituent may be distinguished as R3A, R3B, R3C, R3D, etc., wherein each of R3A, R3B, R3C, R3D, etc. is defined within the scope of the definition of R3 and optionally differently.
- Descriptions of compounds of the present invention are limited by principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, where a group may be substituted by one or more of a number of substituents, such substitutions are selected so as to comply with principles of chemical bonding and to give compounds which are not inherently unstable and/or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art as likely to be unstable under ambient conditions, such as aqueous, neutral, and several known physiological conditions. For example, a heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl is attached to the remainder of the molecule via a ring heteroatom in compliance with principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art thereby avoiding inherently unstable compounds.
- Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art. See, e.g., Singleton et al., DICTIONARY OF MICROBIOLOGY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 2nd ed., J. Wiley & Sons (New York, N.Y. 1994); Sambrook et al., MOLECULAR CLONING, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Cold Springs Harbor Press (Cold Springs Harbor, N Y 1989). Any methods, devices and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice of this invention. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of certain terms used frequently herein and are not meant to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
- “Nucleic acid” refers to deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides and polymers thereof in either single-, double- or multiple-stranded form, or complements thereof. The term “polynucleotide” refers to a linear sequence of nucleotides. The term “nucleotide” typically refers to a single unit of a polynucleotide, i.e., a monomer. Nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified versions thereof. Examples of polynucleotides contemplated herein include single and double stranded DNA, single and double stranded RNA (including siRNA), and hybrid molecules having mixtures of single and double stranded DNA and RNA. Nucleic acids can be linear or branched. For example, nucleic acids can be a linear chain of nucleotides or the nucleic acids can be branched, e.g., such that the nucleic acids comprise one or more arms or branches of nucleotides. Optionally, the branched nucleic acids are repetitively branched to form higher ordered structures such as dendrimers and the like.
- Nucleic acids provided herein can include one or more reactive moieties. As used herein, the term reactive moiety includes any group capable of reacting with another molecule, e.g., a nucleic acid or polypeptide through covalent, non-covalent or other interactions. By way of example, the nucleic acid can include a chemical reactive moiety that reacts with a reactive group in the linker (first or second linker provided herein) through a covalent, non-covalent or other interaction.
- The terms also encompass nucleic acids containing known nucleotide analogs or modified backbone residues or linkages, which are synthetic, naturally occurring, and non-naturally occurring, which have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid, and which are metabolized in a manner similar to the reference nucleotides. Examples of such analogs include, without limitation, phosphodiester derivatives including, e.g., phosphoramidate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphorothioate (also known as phosphothioate), phosphorodithioate, phosphonocarboxylic acids, phosphonocarboxylates, phosphonoacetic acid, phosphonoformic acid, methyl phosphonate, boron phosphonate, or O-methylphosphoroamidite linkages (see Eckstein, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press); and peptide nucleic acid backbones and linkages. Other analog nucleic acids include those with positive backbones; non-ionic backbones, modified sugars, and non-ribose backbones (e.g. phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligos or locked nucleic acids (LNA)), including those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,235,033 and 5,034,506, and
6 and 7, ASC Symposium Series 580, Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research, Sanghui & Cook, eds. Nucleic acids containing one or more carbocyclic sugars are also included within one definition of nucleic acids. Modifications of the ribose-phosphate backbone may be done for a variety of reasons, e.g., to increase the stability and half-life of such molecules in physiological environments or as probes on a biochip. Mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs can be made; alternatively, mixtures of different nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs may be made. In embodiments, the internucleotide linkages in DNA are phosphodiester, phosphodiester derivatives, or a combination of both.Chapters - The term “probe” or “primer”, as used herein, is defined to be one or more nucleic acid fragments whose specific hybridization to a sample can be detected. A probe or primer can be of any length depending on the particular technique it will be used for. For example, PCR primers are generally between 10 and 40 nucleotides in length, while nucleic acid probes for, e.g., a Southern blot, can be more than a hundred nucleotides in length. The probe may be unlabeled or labeled as described below so that its binding to the target or sample can be detected. The probe can be produced from a source of nucleic acids from one or more particular (preselected) portions of a chromosome, e.g., one or more clones, an isolated whole chromosome or chromosome fragment, or a collection of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification products. The length and complexity of the nucleic acid fixed onto the target element is not critical to the invention. One of skill can adjust these factors to provide optimum hybridization and signal production for a given hybridization procedure, and to provide the required resolution among different genes or genomic locations.
- The probe may also be isolated nucleic acids immobilized on a solid surface (e.g., nitrocellulose, glass, quartz, fused silica slides), as in an array. In some embodiments, the probe may be a member of an array of nucleic acids as described, for instance, in WO 96/17958. Techniques capable of producing high density arrays can also be used for this purpose (see, e.g., Fodor (1991) Science 767-773; Johnston (1998) Curr. Biol. 8: R171-R174; Schummer (1997) Biotechniques 23: 1087-1092; Kern (1997) Biotechniques 23: 120-124; U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854).
- The words “complementary” or “complementarity” refer to the ability of a nucleic acid in a polynucleotide to form a base pair with another nucleic acid in a second polynucleotide. For example, the sequence A-G-T is complementary to the sequence T-C-A. Complementarity may be partial, in which only some of the nucleic acids match according to base pairing, or complete, where all the nucleic acids match according to base pairing.
- The term “isolated”, when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It can be, for example, in a homogeneous state and may be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified.
- The term “isolated” may also refer to a cell or sample cells. An isolated cell or sample cells are a single cell type that is substantially free of many of the components which normally accompany the cells when they are in their native state or when they are initially removed from their native state. In certain embodiments, an isolated cell sample retains those components from its natural state that are required to maintain the cell in a desired state. In some embodiments, an isolated (e.g. purified, separated) cell or isolated cells are cells that are substantially the only cell type in a sample. A purified cell sample may contain at least 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of one type of cell. An isolated cell sample may be obtained through the use of a cell marker or a combination of cell markers, either of which is unique to one cell type in an unpurified cell sample. In some embodiments, the cells are isolated through the use of a cell sorter. In some embodiments, antibodies against cell proteins are used to isolate cells.
- As used herein, the term “conjugate” refers to the association between atoms or molecules. The association can be direct or indirect. For example, a conjugate between a first moiety (e.g. a nucleic acid) and a second moiety (e.g., a moiety of the nanoparticle core, the water soluble moiety) provided herein can be direct, e.g., by covalent bond or linker (e.g. a first linker of second linker), or indirect, e.g., by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g. dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole, London dispersion), ring stacking (pi effects), hydrophobic interactions and the like). In embodiments, conjugates are formed using conjugate chemistry including, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides, active esters), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition). These and other useful reactions are discussed in, for example, March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1985; Hermanson, BIOCONJUGATE TECHNIQUES, Academic Press, San Diego, 1996; and Feeney et al., MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS; Advances in Chemistry Series, Vol. 198, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1982. In embodiments, the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) is non-covalently attached to the second moiety on the nanoparticle core through a non-covalent chemical reaction between a component of the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) and a component of the second moiety on the nanoparticle core. In other embodiments, the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) includes one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety). In other embodiments, the first moiety (e.g., nucleic acid moiety) includes a linker (e.g., first linker) with one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety). In other embodiments, the nanoparticle core includes one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety). In other embodiments, the nanoparticle core includes a linker with one or more reactive moieties, e.g., a covalent reactive moiety, as described herein (e.g., alkyne, azide, maleimide or thiol reactive moiety).
- Useful reactive functional groups include, for example:
- (a) carboxyl groups and various derivatives thereof including, but not limited to, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, N-hydroxybenztriazole esters, acid halides, acyl imidazoles, thioesters, p-nitrophenyl esters, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and aromatic esters;
- (b) hydroxyl groups which can be converted to esters, ethers, aldehydes, etc.
- (c) haloalkyl groups wherein the halide can be later displaced with a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a new group at the site of the halogen atom;
- (d) dienophile groups which are capable of participating in Diels-Alder reactions such as, for example, maleimido groups;
- (e) aldehyde or ketone groups such that subsequent derivatization is possible via formation of carbonyl derivatives such as, for example, imines, hydrazones, semicarbazones or oximes, or via such mechanisms as Grignard addition or alkyllithium addition;
- (f) sulfonyl halide groups for subsequent reaction with amines, for example, to form sulfonamides;
- (g) thiol groups, which can be converted to disulfides, reacted with acyl halides, or bonded to metals such as gold;
- (h) amine or sulfhydryl groups, which can be, for example, acylated, alkylated or oxidized;
- (i) alkenes, which can undergo, for example, cycloadditions, acylation, Michael addition, etc;
- (j) epoxides, which can react with, for example, amines and hydroxyl compounds;
- (k) phosphoramidites and other standard functional groups useful in nucleic acid synthesis;
- (i) metal silicon oxide bonding; and
- (l) metal bonding to reactive phosphorus groups (e.g. phosphines) to form, for example, phopshate diester bonds.
- The reactive functional groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the chemical stability of the functionalized nanoparticles described herein. Alternatively, a reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the crosslinking reaction by the presence of a protecting group.
- Linkers may also be employed to connect the nanoparticle core and the nucleic acid moiety or the single stranded nucleic acid sequence to the water soluble moiety. Linkers may include the residue of reactive groups at the point of attachment of the nanoparticle core, the single-stranded nucleic acid, the first linker, the second linker and/or the water soluble moiety. Any linkers include substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycoalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- As used herein, the term “about” means a range of values including the specified value, which a person of ordinary skill in the art would consider reasonably similar to the specified value. In embodiments, the term “about” means within a standard deviation using measurements generally acceptable in the art. In embodiments, about means a range extending to +/−10% of the specified value. In embodiments, about means the specified value.
- The terms “polypeptide,” “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers. The terms apply to macrocyclic peptides, peptides that have been modified with non-peptide functionality, peptidomimetics, polyamides, and macrolactams. A “fusion protein” refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety.
- The term “peptidyl” and “peptidyl moiety” means a monovalent peptide.
- The term “amino acid” refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids. Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, γ-carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine. Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid. Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid. The terms “non-naturally occurring amino acid” and “unnatural amino acid” refer to amino acid analogs, synthetic amino acids, and amino acid mimetics which are not found in nature.
- Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides, likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes.
- “Percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- The terms “identical” or percent “identity,” in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., 60% identity, optionally 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% identity over a specified region, e.g., of the entire polypeptide sequences of the invention or individual domains of the polypeptides of the invention), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection. Such sequences are then said to be “substantially identical.” This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence. Optionally, the identity exists over a region that is at least about 50 nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 100 to 500 or 1000 or more nucleotides in length.
- For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
- A “comparison window”, as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of, e.g., a full length sequence or from 20 to 600, about 50 to about 200, or about 100 to about 150 amino acids or nucleotides in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned. Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1970) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482c, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, e.g., Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (1995 supplement)).
- An example of an algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul et al. (1977) Nuc. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, and Altschul et al. (1990) J Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, respectively. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always>0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always<0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, an expectation (E) or 10, M=5, N=−4 and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a wordlength of 3, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff and Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915) alignments (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=−4, and a comparison of both strands.
- The BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5787). One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001.
- An indication that two nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross-reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid, as described below. Thus, a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions. Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions, as described below. Yet another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the same primers can be used to amplify the sequence.
- “Contacting” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species (e.g. chemical compounds including biomolecules or cells) to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch. It should be appreciated, however, that the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents which can be produced in the reaction mixture. In embodiments contacting includes, for example, allowing a ribonucleic acid as described herein to interact with an endonuclease.
- The term “contacting” may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be, for example, a linker as described herein and a nanoparticle core. In embodiments contacting includes, for example, allowing a linker described herein to interact with a nucleic acid moiety provided herein.
- A “control” sample or value refers to a sample that serves as a reference, usually a known reference, for comparison to a test sample. For example, a test sample can be taken from a test condition, e.g., in the presence of a nuclease activity, and compared to samples from known conditions, e.g., in the absence of the nuclease activity (negative control), or in the presence of a known compound or nuclease activity (positive control). A control can also represent an average value gathered from a number of tests or results. One of skill in the art will recognize that controls can be designed for assessment of any number of parameters. One of skill in the art will understand which standard controls are most appropriate in a given situation and be able to analyze data based on comparisons to standard control values. Standard controls are also valuable for determining the significance (e.g. statistical significance) of data. For example, if values for a given parameter are widely variable in standard controls, variation in test samples will not be considered as significant.
- A “label” or a “detectable moiety” is a composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, chemical, or other physical means. For example, useful labels include 32P, fluorescent dyes, electron-dense reagents, enzymes (e.g., as commonly used in an ELISA), biotin, digoxigenin, or haptens and proteins or other entities which can be made detectable, e.g., by incorporating a radiolabel into a peptide or antibody specifically reactive with a target peptide. Any appropriate method known in the art for conjugating an antibody to the label may be employed, e.g., using methods described in Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques 1996, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego.
- “Biological sample” or “sample” refer to materials obtained from or derived from a subject or patient. A biological sample includes sections of tissues such as biopsy and autopsy samples, and frozen sections taken for histological purposes. Such samples include bodily fluids such as blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells) stool, urine, synovial fluid, joint tissue, synovial tissue, synoviocytes, fibroblast-like synoviocytes, macrophage-like synoviocytes, immune cells, hematopoietic cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, T cells, etc. A biological sample is typically obtained from a eukaryotic organism, such as a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
- A “cell” as used herein, refers to a cell carrying out metabolic or other function sufficient to preserve or replicate its genomic DNA. A cell can be identified by well-known methods in the art including, for example, presence of an intact membrane, staining by a particular dye, ability to produce progeny or, in the case of a gamete, ability to combine with a second gamete to produce a viable offspring. Cells may include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Prokaryotic cells include but are not limited to bacteria. Eukaryotic cells include but are not limited to yeast cells and cells derived from plants and animals, for example mammalian, insect (e.g., spodoptera) and human cells.
- Lengths and sizes of nanoparticles and functionalized nanoparticles as described herein may be measured using Transmission Electron Microscopy. All exemplified nanoparticle core length values reported herein may be measured using the following protocol. For the transmission electron microscopy measurements the various gold nanoparticle samples were drop coated (5 μL) onto 200 mesh copper EM grids, air-dried and imaged using a
FEI Tecnai 12 TEM equipped with a Gatan Ultrascan 2K CCD camera at an accelerating voltage of 120 kV. The average size distributions of the particles were obtained from the TEM images using Image J (version 1.4.3) software that were plotted usingOrigin Pro 8 software to obtain the histogram size distributions of the particles. In embodiment, the length of a nanoparticle refers to the longest dimension of the particle. - A “water soluble moiety” as used herein refers to any moiety that enhances the water solubility of a nanoparticle to which it is bound or otherwise serves to prevent the functionalized nanoparticles from accumulating or aggregating. A water soluble moiety may alter the partitioning coefficient of a nanoparticle thereby making the nanoparticle more or less hydrophilic. Generally, greater hydrophobicity correlates to a higher partition constant. Likewise, generally, greater hydrophilicity correlates to a lower partition constant. In embodiments, the water soluble group decreases the partition constant of precursor molecules (which have a higher partition constant before attachment of the water soluble group) at least by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. In embodiments, the water soluble groups described herein can decrease the partition constant of the plurality of nucleic acid moieties of the nanoparticle coating by 1-fold, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, or greater. Exemplary water soluble moieties include moieties (e.g. monovalent forms) such as poly(oxyethylated polyols) such as poly(oxyethylated glycerol), poly(oxyethylated sorbitol), and poly(oxyethylated glucose); poly(vinyl alcohol) (“PVA”); dextran; carbohydrate-based polymers and the like (including linear chains or branched chains); polyethylene glycol moieties of formula
- wherein y is an integer from 1 to 50 and R29 is —H or —Me (where the left side of the formula is the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule); polyvinylpyroolidone moieties; or poly 2-ethyl oxazoline moieties. Water soluble molecules may exist in polymeric form wherein at least two monomers are repeatedly covalently connected.
- In embodiments, the water soluble group can include a moiety containing a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen or nitrogen). In embodiments, the moiety contains an alcohol moiety (an organic moiety having an —OH bound to a carbon atom), ester linker moiety (the linker moiety —C(O)O— between two carbon atoms), ether linker moiety (the linker moiety —O— between two carbon atoms), amine (—NH2) moiety, nitrile (—CN) moiety, ketone moiety (the linker moiety —C(O)— between two carbon atoms), or aldehyde (—C(O)H) moiety.
- The nanoparticles of the present invention may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- As used herein, the term “salt” refers to acid or base salts of the compounds used in the methods of the present invention. Illustrative examples of acceptable salts are mineral acid (hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, and the like) salts, organic acid (acetic acid, propionic acid, glutamic acid, citric acid and the like) salts, quaternary ammonium (methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, and the like) salts.
- For specific proteins described herein (e.g., Eap (extracellular adherence protein), bifunctional autolysin, protein A (membrane-bound), immunodominant staphylococcal antigen B), the named protein includes any of the protein's naturally occurring forms, or variants or homologs that maintain the protein transcription factor activity (e.g., within at least 50%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% activity compared to the native protein). In some embodiments, variants or homologs have at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% amino acid sequence identity across the whole sequence or a portion of the sequence (e.g. a 50, 100, 150 or 200 continuous amino acid portion) compared to a naturally occurring form. In other embodiments, the protein is the protein as identified by its NCBI sequence reference. In other embodiments, the protein is the protein as identified by its NCBI sequence reference or functional fragment or homolog thereof.
- Thus, a “Staphylococcus aureus micrococcal nuclease”, “micrococcal nuclease”, “Staph MNase” or “MNase” as referred to herein includes any of the recombinant or naturally-occurring forms of the Staphylococcus aureus micrococcal nuclease (MNase) or variants or homologs thereof that maintain MNase activity (e.g. within at least 50%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% activity compared to MNase). In some aspects, the variants or homologs have at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% amino acid sequence identity across the whole sequence or a portion of the sequence (e.g. a 50, 100, 150 or 200 continuous amino acid portion) compared to a naturally occurring MNase. In embodiments, the MNase is substantially identical to the protein identified by the CAS registry reference number 9013-53-0 or a variant or homolog having substantial identity thereto.
- In this disclosure, “comprises,” “comprising,” “containing” and “having” and the like can have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law and can mean “includes,” “including,” and the like. “Consisting essentially of or “consists essentially” likewise has the meaning ascribed in U.S. Patent law and the term is open-ended, allowing for the presence of more than that which is recited so long as basic or novel characteristics of that which is recited is not changed by the presence of more than that which is recited, but excludes prior art embodiments.
- Provided herein are functionalized nanoparticles that are, inter alia, useful for the detection of a nuclease activity (e.g., micrococcal nuclease). The functionalized nanoparticles provided herein include a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties which each include a first linker. The first linker connects the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. Each nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence bound to the nanoparticle core through a first linker. The single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 50 or less nucleotides in length and includes a nuclease (e.g., a micrococcal nuclease) cleavage site. Thus, in one aspect a functionalized nanoparticle is provided. The functionalized nanoparticle includes a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. And (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached or does not further include anything than a first non-reacted linker precursor. A “non-reacted linker precursor” as provided herein is a chemical moiety that is capable of reacting with a reactive moiety or reactive functional group (e.g., a carboxyl functional group) of the first linker. The non-reacted linker precursor may be reacted with the reactive moiety of the first linker through any of the conjugate chemistries described herein. For example a non-reacted linker precursor may be an amine or alcohol reacted with an acyl halide, an active ester hydroxyl group reacted to ester, ether or aldehyde, a thiol group reacted to a disulfide.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a plurality of nucleic acid moieties described herein. In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating if the nanoparticle core is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) moiety, Raman spectroscopy moiety, ultra-violet spectroscopy (UV-Vis) moiety, X-Ray diffraction moiety), a water soluble moiety or a cleavable moiety (e.g., an enzymatic cleavable moiety, a metal cleavable moiety, an acid cleavable moiety, a redox cleavable moiety, a photo-cleavable moiety, an electrically cleavable moiety.
- In embodiments, the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core if the nanoparticle coating is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a plurality of nucleic acid moieties described herein. In embodiments, the nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core if the nanoparticle coating is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) moiety, Raman spectroscopy moiety, ultra-violet spectroscopy (UV-Vis) moiety, X-Ray diffraction moiety), a water soluble moiety or a cleavable moiety (e.g., an enzymatic cleavable moiety, a metal cleavable moiety, an acid cleavable moiety, a redox cleavable moiety, a photo-cleavable moiety, an electrically cleavable moiety.
- In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core, if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core described herein. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moieties consist essentially of a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) moiety, Raman spectroscopy moiety, ultra-violet spectroscopy (UV-Vis) moiety, X-Ray diffraction moiety), a water soluble moiety or a cleavable moiety (e.g., an enzymatic cleavable moiety, a metal cleavable moiety, an acid cleavable moiety, a redox cleavable moiety, a photo-cleavable moiety, an electrically cleavable moiety.
- In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site, if the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is not further attached to or does not further include anything than a nuclease cleavage site described herein. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of a nuclease cleavage site, if the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) moiety, Raman spectroscopy moiety, ultra-violet spectroscopy (UV-Vis) moiety, X-Ray diffraction moiety), a water soluble moiety or a cleavable moiety (e.g., an enzymatic cleavable moiety, a metal cleavable moiety, an acid cleavable moiety, a redox cleavable moiety, a photo-cleavable moiety, an electrically cleavable moiety.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, the functionalized nanoparticle consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating. The nanoparticle coating includes a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to the nanoparticle core and each of the nucleic acid moieties includes (i) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker, wherein the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a nuclease cleavage site.
- The nanoparticle core of the functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof may be about 3 nm to about 20 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 15 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 10 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 8 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 6 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm to about 5 nm in length.
- The nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3, 4, 5 or 6 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 3 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 4 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 5 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 6 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 7 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 8 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 9 nm in length. The nanoparticle core may be about 10 nm in length.
- The nanoparticle core is typically composed of non-toxic material. The nanoparticle core may be an inorganic nanoparticle core. The inorganic nanoparticle core may be a metal nanoparticle core. When the nanoparticle core is a metal, the metal may be titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon. The metal nanoparticle core may be titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, or platinum and appropriate metal oxides thereof. In embodiments, the nanoparticle core is titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, arsenic oxide, iron oxide, aluminum oxide, or silicon oxide. The metal oxide nanoparticle core may be titanium oxide or zirconium oxide. The nanoparticle may be titanium. The nanoparticle may be gold. In embodiments, the metal nanoparticle core is a gold nanoparticle core. Alternatively, the nanoparticle core may be a polymeric core. Such polymeric cores may include titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon.
- In embodiments, the polymeric core includes an outer shell layer and an inner shell layer and the outer shell layer is chemically distinct from the inner shell layer. In embodiments, the outer shell layer and inner shell layer may be a metal such as titanium, gold or silver coated by another metal. Exemplary non-limiting outer and inner shell layer combinations include titanium/gold, titanium/silver, titanium/silicon, gold/titanium, gold/silver, gold/silicon, silicon/titanium, silicon/gold, or silicon/silver. In embodiments, the nanoparticle core includes a combination of metals coated by titanium, zirconium, gold, silver platinum or silicon. The nanoparticle core may be a quantum dot.
- The nucleic acid moiety provided herein is connected to the nanoparticle core through a first linker. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety has the formula:
- The first linker or L1 may be a chemical linker that connects the nanoparticle core to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. In embodiments, L1 is a divalent linker formed by reacting a functional (reactive) group attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence with the nanoparticle core (e.g. a functional (reactive) group on the nanoparticle core). L1 may be a bond, —S—, —OSi(OR5)(OR6)(O)—, or —OP(O)(OR7)(O)—. R5, R6, and R7 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl (2 to 5 membered heteroalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (2 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl (2 to 6 membered aryl), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl (2 to 6 membered heteroaryl). R5, R6, and R7 may independently be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5). R5, R6, and R7 may independently be hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5).
- In embodiments, L1 is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR′—, —C(O)NR2—, —S(O)n—, —S(O)NR3—, —OP(O)(OR4)O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. C1-C10), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered arylene), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene), an amino acid sequence linker, or a nucleic acid sequence linker. R′, R2, R3 and R4, are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N3, —NO2, —CF3, —CCl3, —CBr3, —CI3, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2Cl, —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —OCH3, —NHCNHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C10), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered aryl), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroaryl). The symbol n is independently 1 or 2.
- L1 may be C1-C5 substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L1 may be 3 to 7 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L1 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- In embodiments, the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the first linker (L1). In embodiments, as disclosed in more detail below, the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the second linker (L2). In embodiments, as disclosed in more detail below, the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the second linker (L2). In embodiments, the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is attached to the first linker (L1).
- The single-stranded nucleic acid sequence provided herein includes a nuclease cleavage site. A “nuclease cleave site” as provided herein includes any site of a nucleic acid sequence recognized and cleaved by a nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site is a site of a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence (e.g., DNA or RNA) recognized and cleaved by a nuclease. Therefore, the nuclease cleavage site is formed by a nucleotide sequence recognized and cleaved by a nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site includes a cleavage point. A “cleavage point” as referred to herein, is a bond connecting two nucleotides of a nuclease cleavage site and hydrolyzed by a nuclease. In embodiments, the cleavage point is a bond connecting two deoxythymidine nucleotides. In embodiments, the cleavage point is a bond connecting a first deoxythymidine to a second deoxythymidine. In embodiments, the cleavage point is a bond connecting a first unmodified deoxythymidine to a second unmodified deoxythymidine. In embodiments, the nuclease is a bacterial nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is a gram negative bacterial nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is a staphylococcus micrococcal nuclease. In embodiments, the nuclease is Acinetobacter baumannii outer membrane protein A. In embodiments, the nuclease is Eap (extracellular adherence protein). In embodiments, the nuclease is bifunctional autolysin. In embodiments, the nuclease is protein A (membrane-bound). In embodiments, the nuclease is immunodominant staphylococcal antigen B.
- The cleavage point may be closer to the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence than to the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. Where the cleavage point is closer to the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence than to the 3′ terminus, the number of nucleotides connecting the 5′ terminus to the cleavage point is smaller than the number of nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 3′ terminus. The nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 5′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence are referred to herein as “5′ nucleotides”, while the nucleotides connecting the cleavage point to the 3′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence are referred to herein as “3′ nucleotides.”
- In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a 5′ nucleotide and a 3′ nucleotide. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a plurality of 5′ nucleotides and a plurality of 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 40 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 35 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 30 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 25 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 20 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 15 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 10 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 8 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 7 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 6 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 5 5′ nucleotides. In further embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 6 3′ nucleotides. Where the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes 5 5′ nucleotides and 6 3′ nucleotides, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is 11 nucleotides in length and the cleavage point is the bond connecting the fifth and the sixth nucleotide relative to the 5′ end of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence.
- In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 40 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 35 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 30 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 25 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 20 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 15 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 10 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 8 5′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 5 to about 7 5′ nucleotides.
- In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 48 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 45 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 40 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 35 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 30 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 25 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 20 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 15 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 10 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 9 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 8 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes from about 4 to about 6 3′ nucleotides. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 6 3′ nucleotides. In further embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes about 5 5′ nucleotides.
- In embodiments the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or fragment thereof at a length disclosed below. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 40 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 35 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 30 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 25 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 20 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 15 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 14 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 13 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 12 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 11 nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 10 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 9 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 8 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 7 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 6 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 5 or less nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, or 36 nucleotides in length.
- In embodiments, less than about 800 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 750 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 700 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 650 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 600 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 550 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 500 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 450 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 400 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 350 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, less than about 300 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, from about 500 to about 600 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core. In embodiments, about 800, 750, 700, 650, 600, 550, 500, 450, 400, 350 or 300 nucleic acid moieties are bonded to the nanoparticle core.
- In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety includes a single-stranded RNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a single-stranded DNA. In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety is a single-stranded RNA.
- In embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence includes a modified nucleotide. A “modified nucleotide” as referred to herein is a nucleotide including a chemical modification (e.g., methylation). Thus, in embodiments, the modified nucleotide is a 2′O-methylated nucleotide. In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site includes an unmodified nucleotide. In embodiments, the unmodified nucleotide is a deoxythymidine.
- In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site is a bacterial nuclease cleavage site. In embodiments, the nuclease cleavage site is a micrococcal nuclease cleavage site.
- In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties further includes a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker. Thus, in embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker. In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker, if the nucleic acid moiety does not further include or is attached to anything than a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker. In embodiments, each of the nucleic acid moieties consists essentially (e.g., consists of) a first linker binding the nucleic acid moiety to the nanoparticle core and a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to the first linker and a water soluble moiety covalently attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker, if the nucleic acid moiety is not further attached to or does not further include a biomolecule, a polypeptide moiety, a peptide moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a carbohydrate moiety, an enzyme moiety, an oligosaccharide moiety, a polysaccharide moiety, a polymer moiety, a steroid moiety, a therapeutic moiety (e.g., drug, small molecule), a detectable moiety (e.g., a fluorescent moiety, luminescent moiety, colorimetric moiety, phosphorescent moiety, radioactive moiety or electroactive moiety), a pharmaceutically reactive moiety, a prodrug moiety, a conjugate chemistry reactive moiety, a contrast agent moiety (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) moiety, atomic force microscopy (AFM) moiety, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) moiety, Raman spectroscopy moiety, ultra-violet spectroscopy (UV-Vis) moiety, X-Ray diffraction moiety) or a cleavable moiety (e.g., an enzymatic cleavable moiety, a metal cleavable moiety, an acid cleavable moiety, a redox cleavable moiety, a photo-cleavable moiety, an electrically cleavable moiety.
- In embodiments, the water soluble moiety is a water soluble polymer moiety. In embodiments, the water soluble polymer moiety is a biopolymer moiety, an alkylpolyamine moiety, an alkylpolyamide moiety, an alkylpolyether moiety, an alkylpolysulfonates moiety, a polyacrylamide moiety, a carbohydrate moiety or an alkylpolyalcohol moiety. In embodiments, the alkylpolyether moiety is a PEG moiety. The water soluble moiety is connected to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker. In embodiments the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bonded to the nanoparticle core through a first linker and to the water soluble moiety through a second linker. Thus, in embodiments, the single-stranded nucleic sequence connects the first linker to the second linker. In embodiments, the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the first linker and the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the second linker. In embodiments, the 3′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the first linker and the 5′ terminus of the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is bound to the second linker.
- In embodiments, the nucleic acid moiety has the formula:
- The second linker or L2 may be a chemical linker that connects the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence to the water soluble moiety. In embodiments, L2 is a divalent linker formed by reacting a functional (reactive) group attached to the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence with the water soluble moiety (e.g. a functional (reactive) group of the water soluble moiety). L2 may be a bond, —S—, —OSi(OR5A)(OR6A)(O)—, or —OP(O)(OR7A)(O)—. R5A, R6A, and R7A are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl (2 to 5 membered heteroalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (2 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl (2 to 6 membered aryl), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl (2 to 6 membered heteroaryl). R5A, R6A, and R7A may independently be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5). R5A, R6A, and R7A are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C5).
- L2 may be C1-C5 substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L2 may be 3 to 7 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. unsubstituted). L2 may be 5 to 6 membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. unsubstituted).
- In embodiments, L2 is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR1A—, —C(O)NR2A—, —S(O)NR3A—, —OP(O)(OR4A)O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene (e.g. C1-C10), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene), substituted or unsubstituted arylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered arylene), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroarylene), an amino acid sequence linker, or a nucleic acid sequence linker. R1A, R2A, R3A and R4A, are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N3, —NO2, —CF3, —CCl3, —CN, —OH, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2Cl, —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —OCH3, —NHCNHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. C1-C10), substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g. 2 to 10 heteroalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered aryl), or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g. 3 to 8 membered heteroaryl). The symbol n.1 is independently 1 or 2.
- The compositions provided herein include a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as described herein. Thus, in one aspect, a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles is provided and each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein including embodiments thereof. In embodiments, the nanoparticles are in a vessel. In embodiments, the vessel is in a spectrophotometry device. The plurality of functionalized nanoparticles may be supplied as an aqueous suspension or as a powder within the vessel. The vessel may be a storage device or other readily usable container capable of storing and protecting the functionalized nanoparticles contained within.
- The methods provided herein are, inter alia, useful for forming nanoparticle aggregates and for the detection of nuclease activity. The nucleic acid moiety of the functionalized nanoparticle provided herein includes a nuclease cleavage site. In the presence of a nuclease the cleavage site is cleaved, thereby forming a cleaved functionalized nanoparticle. A cleaved functionalized nanoparticle as provided herein has an increased ability to interact (aggregate) with other cleaved functionalized nanoparticles relative to a functionalized nanoparticle wherein the cleavage site is intact. The electrostatic repulsion of a cleaved functionalized nanoparticle may be decreased compared to a functionalized nanoparticle wherein the cleavage site is intact. A decreased electrostatic repulsion enables the cleaved functionalized nanoparticle to interact (aggregate) with other cleaved functionalized nanoparticles thereby forming aggregates. Thus, a nanoparticle aggregate as described herein includes a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein, wherein the plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles are bound together. The plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles may be bound by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g. dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole, London dispersion), ring stacking (pi effects), hydrophobic interactions and the like.
- In one aspect, a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate is provided. The method includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles as provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a plurality of cleaved nanoparticles. (iii) The plurality of cleaved nanoparticles are allowed to bind to each other, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- In one aspect, a method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate is provided. The method includes (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles provided herein including embodiments thereof. (ii) The nuclease is allowed to cleave the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the nuclease cleavage site of the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the nuclease cleaves the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at the cleavage point. In embodiments, the nanoparticle aggregate is formed in vitro. In embodiments, the nanoparticle aggregate is formed in vivo. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a biological sample. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a human subject. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a bodily fluid. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a food sample. In embodiments, the nuclease is derived from a water sample (e.g., ground water, seawater). A water sample may be a sample derived from seawater, fresh water from an aquifer, ground water, a river or a lake. In embodiments, the sample is derived from seawater. In embodiments, the sample is derived from fresh water from an aquifer. In embodiments, the sample is derived from ground water. In embodiments, the sample is derived from a river. In embodiments, the sample is derived from a lake. In embodiments, the method includes detecting the nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the detecting includes colorimetric detection of the nanoparticle aggregate. In embodiments, the allowing of step (ii) includes forming a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles including a cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 20 nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 10 nucleotides in length. In embodiments, the cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 5 nucleotides in length.
- In one aspect, a method of detecting a nuclease activity in a sample is provided. The method includes contacting a sample with a functionalized nanoparticle provided herein including embodiments thereof, thereby detecting the nuclease activity. In embodiments, the sample is a water sample. In embodiments, the water sample is a ground water sample. In embodiments, the sample is a water sample. In embodiments, the water sample is a creek water sample. Where the water sample is a creek water sample, the water sample is derived from a creek. In embodiments, the method includes contacting the sample with a plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, wherein each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle provided herein including embodiments thereof.
- Recreational waters, such as lakes, rivers, and beaches, are common sources of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus), which can cause life-threatening infections.1-4 Definitive detection of S. aureus in water samples using growth-based methods, such as chromogenic agars, can take as long as 72 hours. This presents a potential public hazard due to the delay in sample processing.5,6 There is thus a need for novel methods to rapidly and selectively detect S. aureus. A variety of colorimetric assays have been explored, including ELISA and oligonucleotide-embedded agar matrices to detect the presence and activity of micrococcal nuclease (MN), which is specifically expressed by S. aureus. 7,8 Other in vitro methods include PCR to amplify S. aureus specific genes in serum samples and using labeled bacteriophage that infect S. aureus. 9,10 However, all of these methods require either culturing, which is time consuming and dependent on a laboratory infrastructure, or sophisticated instrumentation. Due to this, there is a pressing need for a portable, simple point-of-care diagnostic for S. aureus. Applicants have previously developed a chemically modified fluorescent probe that selectively detects micrococcal nuclease and is resistant to many other nucleases, including serum nucleases.11 Here, Applicants sought to develop a simple in vitro assay with this oligonucleotide probe as a foundation. While Applicants previously used a fluorescence readout for non-invasive imaging applications, Applicants favored a colorimetric readout for in vitro applications because colorimetric assays do not require instrumentation and can therefore be implemented in a wider variety of settings, including remote locations. Applicants demonstrate that oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNPs) can be used to rapidly and selectively detect S. aureus simply through a change in color. The particles can be stored as a lyophilized powder and reconstituted at time of use. This approach requires minimal sample preparation and no extraneous instrumentation. This rapid and simple diagnostic read-out could be used in field tests to monitor food and water sources.
- The oligonucleotide probe has been previously reported for the species specific detection of S. aureus consists of nine 2′-O-methylated chemically modified nucleotides with an unmodified pair of deoxythymidines in the center of the sequence and a fluorophore and quencher on either ends. The chemical modifications render it resistant to mammalian serum nucleases. In the presence of MN, the oligonucleotide strand is cleaved, presumably between the unmodified deoxythymidines, producing a fluorescent signal.11 This probe has also been applied to analyze patient plasma samples.12
- Using a fluorescent probe enabled non-invasive imaging of S. aureus infections via localized probe activation. For many in vitro applications, an ideal assay for S. aureus would avoid the need for instruments that measure fluorescence. Applicants hypothesized that the same oligonucleotide sequence used for non-invasive imaging could be used to functionalize gold nanoparticles such that when it was cleaved by MN, the Oligo-AuNPs would aggregate and undergo a color change from red to purple (
FIG. 1A ). The result would then be a highly sensitive colorimetric assay selective for S. aureus provided by this chemically modified oligonucleotide. - Oligo-AuNPs have been used extensively as colorimetric biosensors.13,14 AuNPs have a surface plasmon resonance that is influenced by size, geometry, ligand and proximity to other nanoparticles. Due to this, nanoparticle aggregation results in a shift in SPR related absorption (˜520 nm to ˜650 nm) causing a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple.14,15 The color change seen in solution during the aggregation of AuNPs provides the basis for a practical platform for biosensing. The assembly/aggregation or disassembly/anti-aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs can be induced by proteins, DNA sequences, small molecules, or metal ions.16-23 Of particular relevance, DNase I, a human endonuclease, has been detected via its cleavage of oligonucleotides on AuNPs.18,21 AuNPs have been used to detect staph bacteria by direct coating of the intact bacteria mediated by antibodies24, aptamers25, hybridization of PCR-amplified S. aureus DNA26, or phenylboronic acid27, and AuNPs have been used to transform PCR detection of staph bacteria into a colorimetric method.28 Moreover, in the context of selective bacterial strain detection, Oligo-AuNPs have only been used to detect specific, purified DNA sequences.29 There is no current system for direct colorimetric detection of specific S. aureus contamination in unpurified water samples. In this setting, it is likely that due to sample collection many samples will contain low numbers or no S. aureus bacteria themselves and detection will require sensitivity to S. aureus byproducts present. Applicants thought it would be possible to develop such a system based on the specificity of cleavage previously observed for their oligonucleotide probe. Applicants found that AuNPs functionalized with their probe sequence aggregated when exposed to MN and exhibited a comparable limit of detection as the fluorescent probe. This is noteworthy in the context of colorimetric detection as this is one of the shortest DNA coatings shown to control the aggregation state of gold nanoparticles. Applicants show that detection occurs via cleavage between the unmodified deoxythymidines when MN is used at low concentrations, however, multiple sites of the 11-mer oligonucleotide are cleaved at high concentrations of MN. When stabilized with trehalose, the Oligo-AuNPs could be stored as a lyophilized powder and reconstituted to achieve the initial limit of detection for MN. Finally, these Oligo-AuNPs were used for the selective detection of S. aureus versus three other bacterial species. Using readily obtained solution samples, this new platform is able to provide a rapid, visually-definitive result that requires no extraneous instrumentation. This has the potential to expedite S. aureus detection for a variety of food and water testing applications, including those in remote locations.
- The Oligo-AuNPs were prepared according to a protocol previously reported by Mirkin and coworkers.30 Applicants' 11-mer oligonucleotide sequence was synthesized bearing a protected thiol on the 5′ end. For particle preparation, the oligonucleotide was reduced and then added to the 20 nm AuNPs in a 5,000-fold excess. Following salt-aging to achieve maximal oligonucleotide functionalization on the surface, the particles were then purified by centrifugation. The Oligo-AuNPs were well dispersed, with an average size of 33 nm and had a zeta potential of −20.65 (Table 1). An established DTT displacement protocol was used to determine that each AuNP was functionalized with an average of 877 strands of DNA.31
-
TABLE 1 Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT Displacement (quantified number of oligonucleotide strands per particle). Particles were determined to be stable, monodisperse, and negatively charged. Characterization of Oligo-AuNPs DLS (avg) 33.3 ± 0.753 nm PDI (avg) 0.049 ± 0.006 Zeta Potential −20.65 ± 2.375 Oligo/AuNP 876.5 ± 60 strands - Prior to experimenting with the Oligo-AuNPs, Applicants validated the behavior of the oligonucleotide probe to ensure that removing the fluorophore and quencher did not affect its function. It is known that MN requires a salt co-factor to function32,33, so Applicants evaluated the cleavage of the 11-mer oligonucleotide under three conditions: background levels of salt, high levels of salt via the addition of CaCl2 and no salt via the addition of EDTA to scavenge metal ions. Using LC-MS, Applicants found that in the high salt condition with exogenous CaCl2 the MN (9.917 μM) was highly promiscuous and cleaved the 11-mer oligonucleotide at multiple sites, while in the background salt condition, it appeared that cleavage was site specific as the ti-mer oligonucleotide was detected indicating cleavage between the deoxythymidines (
FIG. 6A ). Applicants found that the activity of MN in the high salt conditions could be returned to selective cleavage through sufficient dilution (0.992 μM,FIG. 7 ). The addition of EDTA completely suppressed cleavage of the 11-mer at all concentrations of MN. RNase A was chosen to test cleavage of the oligonucleotide because it is part of a superfamily of RNases that exists in all organisms and within most environments, with the primary environmental source being bacteria and fungi).28,34,35 When RNase A (0.126 μM) was added to the 11-mer oligonucleotide, it remained intact and no digestion was observed (FIG. 6B ). -
TABLE 2 The digested oligonucleotides and their sequences are listed along with their molecular weights for LC-MS analysis. Molecular Weight Oligonucleotide Sequence (g/mol) 11-mer mCmUmCmG-T-T- 3830.7 mCmGmUmUmC (SEQ ID NO: 1) HS-5-mer(remains on particle mCmUmCmG-T 1888.5 after cleavage) 6-mer (cleaved off sequence) T-mCmGmUmUmC 1880.3 5-mer (cleaved off sequence) mCmGmUmUmC 1576.1 4-mer (cleaved off sequence) mGmUmUmC 1256.9 3-mer (cleaved off sequence mUmUmC 897.6 2-mer (cleaved off sequence mUmC 577.4 - After demonstrating that the 11-mer was cleaved by MN, the aqueous solution of Oligo-AuNPs was treated with 0.05 μM MN or RNase A and 2 mM CaCl2 (
FIG. 1B ). The Oligo-AuNP solution was then incubated at 37° C. in a water bath. After 5 minutes, the MN-treated Oligo-AuNPs experienced a color change from red to purple in solution as well as a shift in λmax from 530 nm to 570 nm. The RNase A condition did not result in a color change and the λmax remained at 530 nm. - Having demonstrated colorimetric detection of MN using Oligo-AuNPs, Applicants sought to determine the limit of detection of the system in order to enable comparison to the fluorescent probe. Cleavage was measured as the ratio of the UV signal at 570 nm to 530 nm. In order to definitely determine limit of detection of the Oligo-AuNPs to MN, the UV absorbance curve needed to shift to at least 550 nm, the ratio of the UV signal 570 nm to 530 nm needed to be greater 0.5, and there needed to be a visible colorimetric change in solution. The sensitivity of the Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) was determined to have a limit of detection of 0.04 μM MN (
FIGS. 2A and 2B ), whereas the RNase A limit of detection was 4.958 μM (FIGS. 2E and 2F ). This suggests that the Oligo-AuNPs were sensitive to MN since less of it was needed to cause aggregation, whereas a greater amount of RNase A was needed in order for aggregation to occur. The fluorescent probe had a limit of detection of 0.496 μM (FIG. 8 ). It is rather remarkable that under these conditions the colorimetric sensor has a higher sensitivity than the fluorescent probe. Applicants hypothesize this is due to the fact that only a small number of oligonucleotides on each particle need to be cleaved to induce aggregation. To test the general utility of colorimetric detection with the Oligo-AuNPs, Applicants conducted a blind study where participants were presented with vials of Oligo-AuNPs treated with 13 different concentrations of MN and asked to sort the samples (FIG. 11 , Table 2). In all 3 cases, participants grouped all samples below the limit of detection separately from all samples above the limit of detection, confirming that non-expert users could easily detect the color change. -
TABLE 3 Listing of the thirteen different MN concentrations and the corresponding tube numbers used for the blind study testing the limit of detection (see also FIG. 11). Tube # Concentration (μM) 1 0.040 2 0.005 3 4.958 4 0.030 5 0.001 6 0.992 7 0.050 8 0 9 9.917 10 0.010 11 0.099 12 0.496 13 0.020 - Next, to understand constraints on testing conditions, the concentration of the Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM in
FIG. 1 andFIG. 2 ) and pH (7 inFIG. 1 andFIG. 2 ) were investigated to determine if they affected the limit of detection. When the concentration of Oligo-AuNPs was reduced by half to 0.25 nM the sensitivity to MN remained unchanged (FIGS. 9A-9C ), and when it was increased to 1 nM Oligo-AuNPs the sensitivity was again unchanged (FIG. 9D-9F ). In order to be used in applications, the Oligo-AuNPs must be able to function in various pH solutions. The particles proved to be stable in solutions ranging from pH 4-10 (FIG. 10A-10C ) with no meaningful change in limit of detection (0.04 μM MN atpH 4 and 0.05 μM atpH 10,FIG. 10D-10I ). These experiments showed that under a reasonable working range the sensitivity of the Oligo-AuNPs was not concentration or pH dependent. - At the outset of the studies, Applicants hypothesized that cleavage of the oligo coating on the AuNPs would occur between the deoxythymidines leaving behind a 5-mer coating and it was unclear if the relatively modest change in coating from an 11-mer to a 5-mer following cleavage would induce aggregation of the AuNPs. Having observed that aggregation did occur in a rapid fashion, Applicants investigated why this process occurred by preparing AuNPs directly functionalized with the thiolated 5-mer oligonucleotide. The 11-mer and 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were very similar in size, charge, UV-spectrum, and TEM imaging (Table 4,
FIGS. 13A-13C ). The one significant difference was the number of oligonucleotide strands coating the AuNPs, with the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs having 1327 strands/AuNP and the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs having 877 strands/AuNP. This difference likely arises because the larger and more highly charged 11-mer cannot be packed as densely on the AuNP surface. Thus, one possible mechanism of detection is that when the 11-mer coating is cleaved there are not enough 5-mer strands to fully coat the AuNP surface and aggregation occurs. However, a second possibility is that the 5-mer coating is further degraded. Indeed, Applicants found that the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were sensitive to MN with a limit of detection of 0.020 μM MN (FIGS. 3A and 3B andFIG. 13A ). With higher concentrations of MN used (4.958 μM to 9.917 μM) the Oligo-AuNPs rapidly aggregate and coat the eppendorf tube, causing the solution of aggregated Oligo-AuNPs to appear as light purple. Also, the λmax at 9.917 μM MN shifted to 550 nm. In order to determine limit of detection, the ratio of the UV absorbance signal at 550 nm to 530 nm was taken instead. Interestingly, the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs had limited selectivity as aggregation was also observed with RNase A and the limit of detection was 0.010 μM RNase A (FIGS. 3C and 3D andFIG. 13B ) indicating that the full sequence is required for selective detection. Based on this data, the working hypothesis is that detection occurs via initial cleavage between the deoxythymidines and subsequent continued degradation of the residual 5-mer sequence. -
TABLE 4 Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT displacement. Both the 5-mer and 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent in diameter and surface charge. However, there were more strands of oligonucleotides on the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs. Oligo-AuNP Comparison 11-mer Oligo-AuNP 5-mer Oligo-AuNP DLS 33.3 ± 0.753 nm 29 ± 0.737 PDI 0.049 ± 0.006 0.06 ± 0.016 Zeta Potential −20.65 ± 2.375 −17.34 ± 0.245 Oligo/AuNP 876.5 ± 60 strands 1327.16 ± 81 strands - In order to facilitate transportation and use of the Oligo-AuNPs, Applicants next identified conditions that allowed the Oligo-AuNPs to be lyophilized and stored as a dry powder while retaining their limit of detection. Adapting a protocol previously reported by Stone and co-workers,36 trehalose was added to Oligo-AuNPs and the mixture was lyophilized overnight. The lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were able to be reconstituted in water (
FIG. 4A ). When the dry powder was reconstituted, the limit of detection was found to be 0.040 μM, almost identical to the as-prepared Oligo-AuNPs (FIGS. 4B and 4C ,FIG. 14A ). The trehalose-stored Oligo-AuNPs were further tested by using them in a more complex media, such as creek water and ocean water spiked with various concentrations of MN. When resuspended into creekwater, the Oligo-AuNPs had a limit of detection of 0.04 μM MN (FIGS. 4F and 4G andFIG. 14B ). Oligo-AuNPs treated with 4.958 μM to 9.917 μM MN undergo a colorimetric change from pink to light purple. This is due to rapid aggregation of the Oligo-AuNPs, which causes precipitation of the aggregates and adherence on the eppendorf tube causing the solution to be a lighter shade of purple. A colorimetric detection was observed in the ocean water sample, albeit with a decrease in sensitivity in limit of detection to 4.958 μM MN (FIGS. 4H and 41 , andFIG. 14C ). This suggests that the Oligo-AuNPs may be suitable for real world application. - Finally, having observed selective aggregation using purified enzyme, Applicants proceeded to test the Oligo-AuNPs against culture supernatants of various bacterial species: Acinetobacter baumannii (A. baumannii), Streptococcus pneumoniae (S. pneumoniae), Staphylococcus epidermidis (S. epidermidis), and Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) WT. The bacteria were cultured in Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB) (S. aureus WT, S. pneumoniae and S. epidermidis) or Nutrient Broth (A. baumannii). The culture supernatants were separated from the bacteria via centrifugation. The various samples were then added to a solution of Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) in water and within 5 minutes, the Oligo-AuNPs exposed to S. aureus culture supernatants changed color from red to purple with a corresponding shift in λmax from 530 nm to 570 nm (
FIGS. 5A and 5B ). Oligo-AuNPs treated with supernatant from A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, and S. epidermidis did not aggregate or change color in solution even after 1 hour, which validates the Oligo-AuNPs specificity to S. aureus. As measured by DLS, the Oligo-AuNPs dramatically increased in size following treatment with S. aureus supernatant but not the other supernatants (FIG. 5C ). By TEM, Applicants also observed mass aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs when treated with S. aureus culture supernatant while the particles were unchanged for all other treatments (FIG. 5D ). The minimum volume of S. aureus WT supernatant needed to cause Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate was determined to be 10 μL (FIGS. 16A and 16B ). The fluorescent probe showed equivalent specificity to the Oligo-AuNPs when tested using these supernatants (FIG. 18A ). - In an attempt to validate that selective detection of S. aureus in unpurified supernatants was functioning via the same mechanism as the studies with purified MN, Applicants tested the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs and were surprised to find that they also only aggregated in the S. aureus supernatant (
FIG. 18A ). Applicants also tested supernatants from two knockout strains, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-. Expression of Nuc1 (MN) was knocked out in S. aureus nuc1-. In S. aureus nuc1-nuc2-, MN and Nuc2, a second secreted nuclease, were both knocked out and verified by Western blot (FIGS. 16A and 16B ). Surprisingly, the S. aureus nuc1- and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- supernatants also caused the Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate as well. The aggregation and color change seen in Oligo-AuNPs treated with supernatant from S. aureus WT, S. aureus nuc1-, and S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- suggests that other factors (e.g., other nucleases) could play a role in causing the Oligo-AuNPs to aggregate. - In order to better understand the mechanism of aggregation observed with the knockout strains, Applicants further tested the various S. aureus supernatants in the presence and absence of CaCl2. For all S. aureus supernatants, the aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs was accelerated upon the addition of exogenous CaCl2 and eliminated when EDTA was added (
FIG. 17A-17F ). In background salt conditions, Oligo-AuNPs treated with S. aureus WT supernatant aggregated in 5 min and the λmax shifted to 560 nm. However, supernatant from the two S. aureus knock-out strains did not cause aggregation or a shift in λmax to occur after 5 minutes. After 1 hour, the λmax of Oligo-AuNPs treated with S. aureus WT supernatant fully shifted to 570 nm. However, the max of S. aureus nuc1- shifted to 545 nm and the λmax of S. aureus nuc1-nuc2- shifted to 540 nm. - Applicants have demonstrated that Oligo-AuNPs can be used as rapid colorimetric detectors for S. aureus. The Oligo-AuNPs can be stored as a lyophilized powder, rendering packaging and transportation simple. Usage is also simplified since samples of interest can be used to directly resuspend the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs. This platform has potential to be used to diagnose patients in point-of-care settings and to evaluate food and water sources, even in remote or low resource settings. Efforts to evaluate it in these circumstances are underway. By adjusting the coating, the platform should also be amenable to detecting enzymes secreted by other bacteria of interest.
- All materials were used as supplied. Citrate stabilized colloidal 20 nm AuNPs were purchased from Ted Pella. Chemically modified 5-mer, 6-mer and 11-mer oligonucleotides were synthesized and purchased from the Synthetic Chemistry Core at City of Hope. The quenched fluorescent 11-mer probe was purchased from IDT. The purified MN was purchased from Worthington Biochemical Corporation. S. aureus AH2600, S. pneumoniae AH1102, and S. epidermidis AH2490 were provided by Dr. Alexander Horswill (University of Iowa). The clinical isolate of A. baumannii 3.3 was provided by Dr. Bradley Ford (University of Iowa). DTT, NaHCO3, Acetic Acid, SDS, Na2HPO4. 7H2O, NaCl, CaCl2, and EDTA were purchased from Sigma Aldrich. RNase A, BCA Protein Assay Kit, 96-well microdialysis plate (3.5 k MWCO), and 1×DPBS with and without calcium and magnesium were purchased from Life Technologies. 1 k and 3 k MWCO spin filter devices were purchased from Pall Corporation. 384 Black Flat Bottom Polystyrene plate was purchased from Corning. The precast Any KD Mini-PROTEAN TGX gel was purchased from Biorad. Sheep anti-DNase IgG conjugated to horseradish peroxidase was purchased from Toxin Technology.
- Fluorescent Oligonucleotide Synthesis:
- The oligonucleotide probes were synthesized by Integrated DNA Technologies (IDT) of Coralville, Iowa. The fluorescent 11-mer probe was synthesized using standard solid-phase phosphoramidite chemistry, followed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) purification
-
TABLE 5 Name and sequence of the fluorescent 11-mer probe. Oligonucleotide Sequence TT probe 5′ FAM-mC-mU-mC-mG-T-T-mC-mG-mU- (FAM labeled) mU-mC-ZEN-RQ-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1) - Oligonucleotide Synthesis:
- The 11-mer, 6-mer, and 5-mer oligonucleotides were synthesized and purified by the Synthetic and Biopolymer Chemistry Core at City of Hope. The oligonucleotide probes were synthesized on the
Oligo Pilot 10 plus synthesizer (GE, Piscataway, N.J. 08854) at the scale of 10 μmoles using standard phosphoramidite technology. Phosphoramidites were purchased from ThermoFisher (Milwaukee, Wis. 53202) and the remaining reagents from Tedia (Fairfield, Ohio 45014). Synthesized oligonucleotides were purified using Ion-Paired Chromatography (1). Identities of all the probes were confirmed by electron spray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) using an Oligo HTCS system (Novatia LLC). The measured molecular weights were within 1.5 Da of the expected molecular weights. The purity of the probes, as assessed with HPLC analysis, was typically greater than 90%. Quantitation of the probes was achieved by calculating from their ultraviolet absorption data and their nearest-neighbor-model—based extinction coefficients at 260 nm. Extinction coefficients of 2′-O-methyl-modified nucleotides were assumed to be the same as that of RNA. -
TABLE 6 Sequences of the 11-mer, 6-mer, and 5-mer oligo- nucelotides. Oligonucleotide Sequence R-S-S-11-mer* 5′-mC-mU-mC-mG-T-T-mC-mG-mU-mU- mC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1) 6-mer (cleaved 5′-T-mC-mG-mU-mU-mC-3′ off of AuNP) R-S-S-5- mer 5′-mC-mU-mC-mG-T-3′ (remains on AuNP after cleavage)* *R-S-S = 5′ Thiol Modifier C6 S-S - Functionalizing Oligonucleotide onto AuNPs:
- Both the 11-mer (100 μL) and 5-mer (100 μL) oligonucleotides were reduced in 5 mL of 100 mM DTT and 100 mM NaHCO3 for 1 hour on a shaker. DTT was removed from solution via purification by a spin filter device (3 k MWCO for 11-mer, 1 k MWCO for 5-mer). The solution was placed into the filter device and centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220×g. After the filtrate was discarded, the oligonucleotides were washed with 30 mM acetic acid (4 mL) twice and then with H2O (4 mL) three times. Following each washing the solution was centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220×g to remove the liquid. The retentate (˜100 uL) was pipetted into a new eppendorf tube and diluted with 2-3 mL H2O. The absorbance at 260 nm was measured using the nanodrop spectrophotometer. If the absorbance exceeded 1, it was further diluted with H2O. In order to calculate the concentration
-
- the absorbance (A) was divided by the product of either the extinction coefficient (e) of the 11-mer (96,600 L/mol·cm) or the 5-mer (43,200 L/mol·cm) and the light path length. The light path length (l) used was 0.1 cm. To 10 mL of 20 nm AuNPs purchased from TedPella (1.1624 nmol AuNPs/L, 0.0116 nmol) was added a 5000× excess of oligonucleotide (1 mL, 58.12 nmol), which was then allowed to incubate on a shaker overnight at RT. The next morning, the AuNP solutions underwent salt-aging over five hours. At each hour, 22 or 75 μL of 1% SDS was added to the AuNPs and then quickly vortexed. Immediately after, 22 or 75 μL of 1M Na2HPO4.7H2O was added followed by 550 μL of 2 M of NaCl. Each addition at every hour increased the buffers by 0.02% or 0.0075% SDS, 2 mM Na2HPO4.7H2O, and 0.1 M NaCl. After each round of addition, the solution was sonicated for 10 seconds in a sonicator waterbath (VWR Symphony Ultrasonic Cleaner). The final buffer concentrations after 5 hours was 0.01% or 0.0375% SDS, 10 mM Na2HPO4.7H2O, and 0.5 M NaCl. The Oligo-AuNPs were then incubated overnight. In order to remove unbound oligonucleotide strands, the AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes. The supernatant was discarded. The Oligo-AuNPs were then washed 3× and dispersed in 10 mL H2O. UV absorbance of the Oligo-AuNPs was measured (525 nm) using a spectrophotometer. To determine the concentration, the absorbance of the Oligo-AuNPs at 525 nm was divided by the extinction coefficient of the 20 nm AuNPs (9.016×108 L/mol*cm). The path length used was 1 cm. The solution was then diluted with H2O to reach a final concentration of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs. The Oligo-AuNPs were then characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and TEM.
- Quantification of Oligo Strands on AuNPs:
- 1 mL of 1 M DTT in 0.18 M phosphate buffer (pH 8) was used to displace the oligonucleotides from 500 μL of Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM). This solution was incubated overnight. After DTT addition and incubation, the solution turned clear. The solution was placed into the filter device (11-mer Oligo-AuNPs used 3 k MWCO filter, 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs used 1 k MWCO filter) and centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220×g. The filtrate was discarded. The retentate was washed with 4 mL H2O five times, following each washing, the solution was centrifuged for 20 minutes at 3220×g. The retentate was then pipetted into an eppendorf tube and placed into a speed vacuum overnight at 45° C. The pellet obtained contained only oligonucleotide with no AuNPs detected by UV (absorbance at 260 nm for oligonucleotides, but no absorbance at >500 nm for AuNPs). The oligonucleotide pellet was resuspended into 50 μL H2O and the UV absorbance was measured at 260 nm using the nanodrop spectrophotometer. To determine the concentration of oligonucleotides, the absorbance at 260 nm was divided by the product of the extinction coefficient of the 11-mer (96,600 L/mol*cm) or the 5-mer (43,200 L/mol*cm) and the light path length. The light path length used was 0.1 cm. The amount of oligonucleotides per particle was determined by dividing the number of strands by the number of AuNPs in 500 μL (1.5055×1011AuNPs).
- Digestion of 11-Mer Oligonucleotide Using Purified Enzyme:
- 15 μL of 400 pmoles oligonucleotide were used in each reaction. 1 μL of 100 mM CaCl2 was added to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl2. For each digestion, 0.5-1 μL of MN or 9.917 μM MN or 0.2 μg/mL RNase A (negative control) or 0.126 μM RNase A (negative control) was used. After the addition of the enzyme, H2O was added to reach a final reaction volume of 50 μL. This was incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 1 hour. The digest was filtered through a 0.2 μm filter and then run on a LC-MS (Agilent 1100 HPLC coupled with an Agilent 6120 Mass Spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC BEH Phenyl Column, 1.7 μm, 2.1 mm×50 mm with 100 mM HFIP and 4 mM TEA in H2O and methanol gradient at 200 μJ/min flow rate). As another negative control, 5 μL of 0.5 M EDTA was added to the oligonucleotide before the addition of the enzyme.
-
TABLE 7 Conditions for the LC-MS analysis. Time (minutes) A (%) B (%) Flow (mL/min) Max Pressure (bar) 0.00 95 5 0.200 400 4.50 95 5 0.200 400 27.00 45 55 0.200 400 27.01 0 100 0.200 400 36.00 0 100 0.200 400 36.01 95 5 0.200 400 A = 100 mM HFIP and 4 mM TEA in H2O, B = Methanol - Treatment of 5-Mer and 11-Mer Oligo-AuNPs Using Purified Enzyme:
- To a 1 mL solution of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs in deionized water was added 50 μL of 0.05 μM MN or 1 unit/μL MN or 0.05 μM RNase A or 10 μg/mL MN RNAse A and 20 μL of 100 mM CaCl2 to a final concentration of ˜2 mM CaCl2. As a
negative control 50 μL of 0.5 M EDTA was added to the Oligo-AuNPs before the addition of either MN or RNase A. The Oligo-AuNP solution was then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of each solution was noted. UV absorbance measurements were then taken (400 nm-700 nm). - Limit of Detection:
- A 200 μL solution of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was used for this study. Various concentrations of MN in solution were made by serially diluting the stock sample (20 unit/μL or 198.34 μM). The glycerol concentration and water used were kept constant. 10 μL of the MN solution at various concentrations were added to the Oligo-AuNPs along with 4.2 μL of 100 mM CaCl2 to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl2. The Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 μL was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- pH Stability of Oligo-AuNPs and Limit of Detection at
pH 4 and pH 10: - Diluted acetic acid or sodium hydroxide was added to 0.02 M sodium acetate buffer in order to create solutions ranging from pH 4-10. 200 uL of Oligo-AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes and the supernatant was discarded. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into the various buffers ranging from pH 4-10. Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 μL was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm). To test the limit of detection at
pH 4 orpH 10, MN was serially diluted in eitherpH 4 orpH 10 buffers. The glycerol concentration and buffers used were kept constant. 2 mL of Oligo-AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes and the supernatant was discarded. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into either 2 mL 0.02 M sodium acetate buffer atpH 4 orpH 10. 200 μL Oligo-AuNPs were aliquoted into 8 tubes. 10 μL of the MN solution at various concentrations was added to the Oligo-AuNPs along with 4.2 μL of 100 mM CaCl2. The Oligo-AuNPs were incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 μL was taken from each condition and placed into a 96-well plate. The UV absorbance was then measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm). - Fluorescent Probe Digestion Using Purified MN:
- Bacterial supernatants were dialyzed using a micro-dialysis cassette with a 3.5 MWCO. 110 μL of each bacterial supernatant was transferred to each dialysis cassette. 1.4 mL of 1×DPBS with calcium and magnesium was used as the dialysis buffer. The dialysis buffer was replaced with fresh 1×DPBS after 2 hours for a total of 3 washes. 2 μL of 25 μM probe (50 pmoles) in H2O was used for each reaction. 8 μL of purified MN (various concentrations) was added to the probe then incubated in a water bath at 37° C. for 15 minutes. 290 μL of 1×DPBS without calcium or magnesium supplemented with 20 mM EDTA was added to each digestion condition to stop the reaction. 95 μL of each reaction condition was loaded into each well in a 384 black flat bottom well plate. The fluorescence levels were measured in a plate reader (excitation: 495 nm, emission: 516 nm). The background fluorescence level of the probe in DPBS was subtracted from the fluorescence values of the probe cleaved with purified MN prior to normalization.
- Treatment of Lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs with Creek Water or Ocean Water Spiked with MN:
- Oligo-AuNPs were lyophilized using trehalose. To 200 μL of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was added 200 μL of 20 mg/mL trehalose leading to a final concentration of 10 mg/mL trehalose. The tip of a metal spatula was then heated with a bunsen burner and used to puncture the plastic cap of the eppendorf tube to create a hole. Filter paper was placed on the opening of the eppendorf tube before sealing with the cap. The Oligo-AuNPs within the eppendorf tube were then flash frozen using dry ice and ethanol and then lyophilized overnight. In order to determine the limit of detection of purified MN, the lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were resuspended in 200 μL H2O supplemented with 2 mM CaCl2 and spiked with 10 μL of MN solution at various concentrations. In order to determine the limit of detection of MN in creek water or ocean water, lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were reconstituted in either creek water or ocean water spiked with MN at various concentrations supplemented with 2 mM CaCl2. Oligo-AuNPs were vortexed then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of the solution was noted. 95 μL of Oligo-AuNPs were loaded into a 96-well plate and the UV absorbance was measured using a plate reader (400 nm-700 nm).
- Bacterial Cultures and Growth Conditions:
- Culture broth was inoculated from frozen stocks of each of the indicated bacterial species. S. pneumoniae was grown in 5 mL of TSB supplemented with 0.3% yeast extract; the tubes were capped to minimize airflow (anaerobic conditions). A. baumannii was grown in 5 mL of nutrient broth in aerobic conditions. S. aureus and S. epidermidis were grown in TSB (no yeast extract) in aerobic conditions. Bacteria were grown overnight (˜18 hours) at 37° C. with shaking at 200 RPM. The 5 mL cultures were centrifuged at 4000×g for 20 minutes to pellet the bacteria. The supernatants were then transferred to fresh conical tubes and refrigerated.
-
TABLE 8 Description of bacteria, strain, and media used. Bacteria Strain Media used Staphylococcus aureus AH2600 TSB (S. aureus) Acinetobacter baumannii A. baumannii 3.3 Nutrient Broth (A. baumannii) Streptococcus pneumoniae AH1102 TSB with 0.3% yeast (S. pneumoniae) extract Staphylococcus epidermidis AH2490 TSB (S. epidermidis) - Immunoblotting:
- Protein concentration in the various bacterial supernatants and TSB was determined by the BCA Protein Assay Kit. Equal amounts of protein (20 μg) were loaded on a precast Any KD Mini-PROTEAN TGX gel followed by transfer onto nitrocellulose. Membranes were blocked for 1 hour at 4° C. with 5% milk in Tris-buffered saline containing 0.1
% Tween 20. The sheep anti-DNase IgG conjugated to horseradish peroxidase diluted 1:5000 in 5% milk and incubated with the membrane at room temperature for 1 hour. Immunoblots were quantified using Image J. - Treatment of Oligo-AuNPs Using Bacterial Supernatants:
- 1 mL of 0.5 nM Oligo-AuNPs was used in the cleavage experiments. 100 μL of supernatants from S. aureus, A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, S. epidermidis, and TSB were used. The treated Oligo-AuNPs were vortexed quickly and then 20 μL of 100 mM CaCl2 was added to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl2. The Oligo-AuNPs were then vortexed and quickly spun-down using a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf tube. They were then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of each solution was noted. UV absorbance and DLS measurements were then taken. Oligo-AuNPs were then centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes. The supernatant was collected and placed into a new eppendorf tube. This was repeated 2 more times to ensure that there were no AuNPs in solution. The supernatant was then placed into a speed vacuum overnight at 45° C. 100 μL of H2O was added to each eppendorf tube and vortexed several times. The tubes were spun down quickly in a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf. The solutions were then filtered through a 0.2 um filter and run on the LC-MS. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into 250 μL of H2O and vortexed. 3 μL of treated Oligo-AuNPs were then loaded onto a 300-mesh copper grid for TEM imaging.
- Gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) are an attractive platform since they possess physical and optical properties that make them excellent candidates for colorimetric biosensors. AuNPs have a surface plasmon resonance (SPR) that is influenced by size, geometry, ligand and proximity to other nanoparticles. Due to this, nanoparticle aggregation results in a shift in SPR related absorption (˜520 nm to ˜650 nm) causing a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple.
- By functionalizing AuNP with oligonucleotides, this new platform is able to provide a rapid, visually-definitive result that requires no extraneous instrumentation. This oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNP) platform can be used in potential applications in the clinic as well as in evaluating water sources in developing countries.
- Contraction of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) infections are oftentimes hospital-acquired. Patients that have weakened immune systems, surgical wounds, or invasive medical devices (urinary catheters, feeding tubes, breathing intubation, or intravascular catheters) are most at risk of contracting a staph infection. Other sources of infection can be from contaminated food and water sources. The diagnosis of S. aureus infections oftentimes requires biopsy with further culturing. This delay allows the bacterial infection to progress and can place patients in life-threatening situations (i.e. sepsis, endocarditis, osteomyelitis, toxic shock syndrome, and pneumonia).3,11 Strides have been made in using LC-MS/MS to detect S. aureus using 15N metabolically labeled bacteriophage amplification and PCR to amplify a sequence of the nuc gene in serum samples.9,10 Though these techniques are highly sensitive and quantitative, they are expensive and time intensive methods that are not ideal for testing in remote locations. Since current diagnostic procedures require hours to several days, there is an imminent need to create a point-of-care diagnostic platform that is rapid as well as sensitive, simple, and cost-effective.
- Oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNPs) are an attractive platform since they possess physical and optical properties that make them excellent candidates for colorimetric biosensors.13 AuNPs have a surface plasmon resonance (SPR) that is influenced by size, geometry, ligand and proximity to other nanoparticles. Due to this, nanoparticle aggregation results in a shift in SPR related absorption (˜520 nm to ˜650 nm) causing a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple.14,15 The color change seen in solution during the aggregation of AuNPs provides the grounds for a practical platform for biosensing. AuNPs modified with oligonucleotides can be manipulated by enzymatic reactions allowing particles to assemble or disassemble.3,9,10,11,13,14,15,18 Early work on oligonucleotide-functionalized AuNPs was pioneered by Mirkin and coworkers who created crosslinked networks of AuNP aggregates using complementary thiol-modified oligonucleotide strands to monitor endonuclease activity.18,19 In the presence of DNAse I, these hybridized oligonucleotides were cleaved, causing the aggregate to disperse into single particles which allowed the solution to change from purple to red.18 Mirkin and coworks have also used oligo-functionalized AuNPs for the detection of Hg2+ in rivers and lakes. This platform relies on the thymidine-Hg2+-thymidine coordination chemistry. The two thiolated DNA sequences used are complementary except for a thymidine-thymidine mismatch allowing the Hg2+ to selectively bind to the T-T mismatched site. Aggregates are formed in the presence of Hg2+ causing the solution to change in color from red to purple.19 Other investigators, such as Liu and Lu have created a Pb2+ detection system using the “8-17” DNAzyme and its substrate to form AuNP aggregates. In the presence of Pb2+, the DNAzyme strand cleaves the substrate strand resulting in a color change from purple to red.20 Li and coworkers have also created model colorimetric biosensors for the detection of enzymatic cleavage by DNase I and “8-17” DNAzyme. In this system, particles were functionalized with a S1 oligonucleotide strand, treated with 6-mercaptohexanol, then hybridized with the S2 strand. In the presence of DNase I, the DNA duplex is cleaved destabilizing the AuNPs, allowing the solution to change from red to purple. Their Pb2+ biosensor had a DNA substrate conjugated to AuNPs, followed by 6-mercaptohexanol treatment, then hybridization with the “8-17” DNA enzyme strand. In the presence of Pb2+, the substrate strand is cleaved causing a red-to-purple color change in solution.21 These examples of oligonucleotide-functionalized AuNPs as biosensors exhibit how AuNPs can be easily used to create a rapid and simple diagnostic.
- Recently, McNamara and coworkers have developed a quenched fluorescent bacterial imaging probe that is species specific towards S. aureus. 11 It is based on the enzymatic activity of microccal nuclease (MN) secreted by S. aureus. 40 The probe consists of 2′O-methylated chemically modified oligonucleotides with an unmodified pair of deoxythymidines in the center of the sequence and a fluorophore and quencher on either ends. The chemical modifications render it resistant to mammalian serum nucleases. In the presence of MN, the oligonucleotide strand is cleaved between the unmodified deoxythymidines, producing a fluorescent signal within 15 minutes and having a limit of detection at 0.05 units/μL.11
- Based on this technology, Applicants decided to implement this oligonucleotide sequence and conjugate it onto a AuNP. In the presence of MN, the oligonucleotides are cleaved off of the AuNPs causing the individual particles to aggregate together. The aggregation phenomenon causes a red-to-purple color change within 5 minutes and is specific towards S. aureus. By functionalizing the probe onto a AuNP, this new platform is able to provide a rapid, visually-definitive result that requires no extraneous instrumentation. This oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (Oligo-AuNP) platform can be used in potential applications in the clinic as well as in evaluating water sources in developing countries.
- Applicants have functionalized gold nanoparticles with an 11-mer oligonucleotide (5′-mCmUmCmGTTmCmGmUmUmC-3′ (SEQ. ID. NO:1)) that has been chemically modified to have 2′O methylations on all bases except for the two thymidines in the center. Enzymes within the body are not able to recognize the chemical modifications on the Oligonucleotide and will not cleave it, however, bacterial nucleases are able to digest chemically modified oligonucleotides. These functionalized gold nanoparticles are stable and red in solution, however, when it comes in contact with nuclease secreted by S. aureus, the oligonucleotide is cleaved causing particles to aggregate and undergo a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple. Detection of micrococcal nuclease secreted by S. aureus is rapid.
- Applicants have also tested the AuNPs using various other bacterial supernatants such as S. Epidermidis, S. pneumoniae, S. aureus, and A. baumannii. A color change is only exhibited for some S. Aureus supernatant conditions.
- Oligonucleotides were reduced with 100 mM DTT and 100 mM NaHCO3 for 1 hour. DTT was removed through spin filtration. The oligonucleotides (58.12 nmol, 1 mL) were then added to the 20 nm AuNPs (0.0116 nmol, 10 mL) at 5,000× excess. AuNPs were allowed to incubate on a tabletop shaker overnight. AuNPs then underwent a 5 hour salt-aging process and were incubated on a tabletop shaker overnight. In order to remove unbound oligonucleotides, AuNPs were centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes and washed 3× with H2O. The Oligo-AuNPs were then diluted with H2O so that the stock concentration was 0.5 nM. The Oligo-AuNPs had an UV absorbance at 530 nm and were 33.8 nm in diameter as seen in
FIG. 21B and Table 9. InFIG. 19C , TEM images show Oligo-AuNPs to be monodisperse after functionalization as seen. The zeta potential measurements gave a value of −20.65. In order to determine the amount of oligonucleotide on each AuNP, a DTT displacement protocol was used according to a protocol previously reported by Mirkin and coworkers41. DTT (1 M) in 0.18 M (pH=8) was used to displace the oligonucleotides on 500 μL of AuNPs. The solution was transferred to a 3 k MWCO spin filter and washed 5× with H2O to remove the DTT. The solution was then placed into a speed vac for ˜16 hours. The pellet was then dispersed in 50 μL of H2O and the UV absorbance was taken at 260 nm. The amount of oligonucleotide strands was then divided by the amount of AuNPs in 500 μL (529 strands per AuNP). -
TABLE 9 Olgio-AuNPs that were characterized by DLS, Zeta, and DTT displacement to quantitate the number of oglionucleotide strands per AuNP. Characterization of Oligo-AuNPs DLS (avg) 33.8 ± 0.665 nm PDI (avg) 0.031 ± 0.001 Zeta −20.65 ± 2.375 Oligo/AuNP 529 ± 13 strands - The 11-mer oligonucleotide was first digested with purified micrococcal nuclease (MN) and RNase (negative control) and analyzed by LC-MS (Agilent 1100 HPLC/Agilent 6120 Mass Spectrometer). In
FIG. 6A , there are many peaks present at 254 nm due to MN digesting the 11-mer into many different sized oligonucleotides in the presence of CaCl2. In the absence of CaCl2, MN was still able to digest the 11-mer and the primary peak seen was the cleaved 6-mer. The 11-mer was intact when treated with RNase A as seen inFIG. 6B . In the presence of EDTA, the 11-mer was undigested when treated with MN or RNase A both with and without CaCl2. After demonstrating that the 11-mer is susceptible to cleavage by MN, the Oligo-AuNPs were then treated with 1 unit/μL of MN or 10 μg/mL of RNase A in addition to 2 mM CaCl2. The Oligo-AuNPs were then incubated in a water bath at 37° C. for 5 minutes. The MN treated Oligo-AuNPs experienced a colorimetric change in solution from red to purple as well as a shift in absorbance from 530 nm to 570 nm as seen inFIG. 1B . The RNase A condition did not result in a color change and the UV absorbance remained at 530 nm. - Oligo-AuNPs Detection Using Bacterial Supernatants:
- 1 mL of AuNPs was used. 100 μL of supernatants from S. aureus, A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, S. epidermidis, and TSB were used. The treated Oligo-AuNPs were vortexed quickly and then 22 μL of 100 mM CaCl2 was added to reach a final concentration of 2 mM CaCl2. The Oligo-AuNPs were then vortexed and quickly spun-down using a tabletop centrifuge. They were then incubated in a 37° C. water bath for 5 minutes. The color of each solution was noted. UV absorbance and DLS measurements were then taken. Oligo-AuNPs were then centrifuged at 16,000×g for 20 minutes. The supernatant was collected and placed into a new eppendorf tube. This was repeated 2 more times to ensure that there were no AuNPs in solution. The supernatant was then placed into a speed vac. overnight at 45° C. 100 μL of H2O was added to each eppendorf tube and vortexed several times. The tubes were spun down quickly in a tabletop centrifuge to bring down residual liquid on the sides of the eppendorf. The solutions were then filtered through a 0.2 um filter and ran on the LC-MS. The Oligo-AuNP pellet was resuspended into 250 μL of H2O (one spin down is enough to get rid of the excess salt and broth) and vortexed. 3 μL of treated Oligo-AuNPs were then loaded onto a 300-mesh copper grid for TEM imaging.
- Oligo-AuNPs were then treated with the various bacterial supernatants and monitored. After 5 minutes, the S. aureus supernatant condition experienced a color change from red to purple as well as a shift in absorbance from 530 nm to 570 nm as seen in
FIGS. 5A and 5B . The broth and the other bacterial supernatants used to treat Oligo-AuNPs remained red in solution and did not shift in UV absorbance. InFIG. 5C , DLS showed a drastic increase in diameter when Oligo-AuNPs are treated with S. aureus supernatant. By TEM, Applicants see mass aggregation of Oligo-AuNPs when treated with S. aureus supernatant, whereas the other bacterial supernatant conditions remain monodisperse as seen inFIG. 5D . Oligo-AuNPs treated with bacterial supernatants were further allowed to incubate for 1 hour before centrifuged to pellet the AuNPs. The supernatant was then transferred to a new eppendorf tube and centrifuged (repeated twice) to remove AuNPs. A dilution study was also done on the Oligo-AuNPs to determine the minimum volume of S. aureus supernatant needed to cause a colorimetric change in solution and cleavage inFIGS. 16A and 16B . A minimum of 10 μL of S. aureus supernatant caused a colorimetic change in solution and a shift in absorbance. - In the presence of MN, the 11-mer oligonucleotide is cleaved on the Oligo-AuNPs and the 6-mer oligonucleotide is dispersed in solution. However, the 5-mer oligonucleotide remains on the Oligo-AuNP. This led us to investigate how the Oligo-AuNPs were aggregating despite having 5-mers attached to the surface of the AuNPs. AuNPs were functionalized with a thiolated 5-mer oligonucleotide. The UV absorbance of the 11-mer and 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent (530 nm) as seen in
FIG. 12A . By TEM, the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were seen to be monodisperse, suggesting that oligonucleotides as small as a 5-mer can act as colloidal stabilizers. InFIG. 12B and Table 10, the diameter of the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs was measured by DLS to be 30.73 nm. Through DTT displacement, the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs were discovered to have more strands of oligonucleotides (823 strands/AuNP) on its surface compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs (529 strands/AuNP). This is due to the fact that the 5-mer has a smaller footprint (0.153 nm2) and is more tightly packed than the 11-mer oligonucleotide (0.238 nmz) which was calculated by using an equation previously reported by Mirkin and coworkers. This suggests that there are unfilled gaps on the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs in which particles can interact due to the decrease in interparticle electrostatic repulsions as the 11-mer is cleaved on the Oligo-AuNPs -
TABLE 10 Oligo-AuNPs were characterized by DLS, Zeta Potential, and DTT displacement. Both the 5-mer and 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs were equivalent in diameter and surface charge. However, there were more strands of oligonucleotides on the 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNPs. Oligo-AuNP Comparison 11-mer Oligo-AuNP 5-mer Oligo-AuNP DLS 33.8 ± 0.665 nm 30.73 ± 0.484 PDI 0.031 ± 0.001 0.100 ± 0.016 Zeta Potential −20.65 ± 2.375 −17.34 ± 0.245 Oligo/AuNP 529 ± 14 strands 823 ± 45 strands - In
FIGS. 2C and 2D , the sensitivity of the Oligo-AuNP biosensor was determined to have a limit of detection of 0.01 units/μL. The specificity of cleavage and limit of detection of the quenched fluorescent 11-mer probe was equivalent to the Oligo-AuNPs. - Statistics & Calculations:
- Results are shown as means. Error bars represent the SEM. Limit of detection was calculated by:
-
- Footprint (K) was calculated by:
-
- In order to develop this rapid diagnostic into a viable platform to be used in remote locations, Applicants looked into lyophilizing the Oligo-AuNPs. This would provide ease of use and transportation of the biosensor. Lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs were prepared according to a modified protocol previously reported by Stone and coworkers. Trehalose (20 mg/mL) was added to 200 μL of Oligo-AuNPs (0.5 nM) to obtain a final concentration of 10 mg/mL of trehalose. The mixture was then lyophilized overnight. In order to determine if lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs behaved similar to unlyophilized particles, a limit of detection study was conducted.
- The examples have demonstrated the use of Oligo-AuNPs as a biosensor for MN secreted by S. aureus through enzymatic cleavage. In the presence of MN, the 11-mer oligonucleotide functionalized on 20 nm AuNPs is cleaved leaving behind a 5-mer oligonucleotide on the AuNP and the 6-mer displaced in solution. This results in aggregation of the particles and a colorimetric change from red to purple within 5 minutes. The Oligo-AuNPs are also specific to S. aureus supernatants and do not aggregate in supernatants from A. baumannii, S. pneumoniae, or S. epidermidis. The limit of detection of Oligo-AuNPs was 0.01 units/μL MN.
- Applicants have also investigated a mechanism of aggregation and discovered that 5-mer Oligo-AuNPs (823 strands) have increasingly more strands of oligonucleotide compared to the 11-mer Oligo-AuNP (529 strands). This is due to the smaller footprint and reduced electrostatic repulsion of the 5-mer oligonucleotide compared to the 11-mer oligonucleotide. Since the 11-mer oligonucleotide functionalized on the Oligo-AuNPs are not as densely packed, this suggests that there are still empty gaps on the surface of the particle. As the 11-mer is cleaved, the 5-mer remains on the surface, however, this exposes the empty gaps on the surface of the Oligo-AuNPs and decreases the interparticle repulsion forces allowing aggregation to occur. This also suggests that a few cleavage events are necessary in order for instability and aggregation to occur.
- Since AuNPs in solution tend to spontaneously aggregate when in extreme temperatures, Applicants have explored lyophilization of Oligo-AuNPs immersed in a cryoprotectant. By lyophilizing Oligo-AuNPs in trehalose, Applicants have demonstrated the functionality of lyophilized Oligo-AuNPs to be equivalent to unlyophilized Oligo-AuNPs. Sensitivity is conserved as well. This allows the Oligo-AuNPs to be transported with ease. Usage is also simplified as well since samples of interest can be used to directly re-suspend the lyophilized AuNPs. This platform has potential to be used clinically to diagnose patients and in developing countries as well for evaluating water quality. Similar strategies can be adopted to use the oligonucleotide substrate as a biosensor to target other enzymes secreted by bacteria of interest.
- Staphylcoccus aureus is a bacterium that causes nosocomial infections. There are more than 500,000 staph infections each year in the U.S. However, current methods for detection of staph bacteria delay diagnosis, allowing the progression of the infection to occur. Current diagnostics require 24 to 48 hours to culture bacteria, gram staining, and coagulase testing.
- In order to address this challenge, oligonucleotide-functionalized gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) are utilized to create a diagnostic platform for the rapid detection of staph bacteria. This detection is based on the cleavage of the PEGylated-oligonucleotide by micrococcal nuclease secreted by staph bacteria. The loss of PEG causes the AuNPs to become unstable and agglomerate (Table 11). Due to the optical properties of gold nanoparticles, aggregation states can be visually identified leading to the definitive diagnosis of staph bacterial infections.
- A variety of different sized AuNPs can be functionalized with the PEGylated oligonucleotide. Dynamic Light Scattering, Zeta Potential, and TEM results confirmed that the oligonucleotide coating allowed the oligo-AuNPs to remain in a monodisperse state, as seen in
FIG. 19A ,FIGS. 4J-4L , andFIGS. 24-33 . Stability was seen up to 11 days with the 50 nm oligo-AuNPs, shown inFIGS. 28A and 28B . -
TABLE 11 Bare AuNPs have a negatively charged surface due to citrate, whereas the Oligo-AuNPs are passivated by PEG, as measured by the Zeta Potential. Conditions Mean Zeta Potential 20 nm AuNP bare −26.8 mV 20 nm AuNP + Oligo −8.74 mV 50 nm AuNP bare −27.9 mV 50 nm AuNP + Oligo −14.83 mV - The oligo-AuNPs are specifically cleaved by the micrococcal nuclease as evidenced by a colorimetric change in solution, TEM images, and the UV/Vis spectra. This platform results in a simple colorimetric readout and effectively reduces detection time to 1 hour, which is highly advantageous compared to current methods that require 24-48 hours. These results serve as a proof-of-concept, demonstrating that this is a potential diagnostic platform for the detection of bacteria.
- SEQ ID NO:1: 5′
mCmUmCmGTTmCmGmUmUmC 3′ - In SEQ ID NO:1 the symbol m is methyl.
-
- (1) Marcheggiani, S.; D'Ugo, E.; Puccinelli, C.; Giuseppetti, R.; D'Angelo, A. M.; Gualerzi, C. O.; Spurio, R.; Medlin, L. K.; Guillebault, D.; Weigel, W.; Helmi, K.; Mancini, L. International Journal of Environmental Research and
Public Health 2015, 12, 5505. - (2) Goodwin, K. D.; McNay, M.; Cao, Y.; Ebentier, D.; Madison, M.; Griffith, J. F. Water research 2012, 46, 4195.
- Spaulding, A. R.; Salgado-Pabon, W.; Kohler, P. L.; Horswill, A. R.; Leung, D. Y.; Schlievert, P. M. Clinical microbiology reviews 2013, 26, 422.
- (4) Viau, E. J.; Goodwin, K. D.; Yamahara, K. M.; Layton, B. A.; Sassoubre, L. M.; Burns, S. L.; Tong, H. I.; Wong, S. H.; Lu, Y.; Boehm, A. B.
Water research 2011, 45, 3279. - (5) Griffith, J. F.; Cao, Y.; McGee, C. D.; Weisberg, S. B. Water Res 2009, 43, 4900.
- (6) Goodwin, K. D.; Pobuda, M. Water Res 2009, 43, 4802.
- (7) Brakstad, O. G.; Maeland, J. A.; Chesneau, O. APMIS: acta pathologica, microbiologica, et immunologica Scandinavica 1995, 103, 219.
- (8) Lachica, R. V. F.; Hoeprich, P. D.; Genigeorgis, C. Applied Microbiology 1972, 23, 168.
- (9) Pierce, C. L.; Rees, J. C.; Fernandez, F. M.; Barr, J. R. Molecular & cellular proteomics:
MCP 2012, 11, M111 012849. - (10) Brakstad, O. G.; Aasbakk, K.; Maeland, J. A. Journal of
clinical microbiology 1992, 30, 1654. - (11) Hernandez, F. J.; Huang, L.; Olson, M. E.; Powers, K. M.; Hernandez, L. I.; Meyerholz, D. K.; Thedens, D. R.; Behlke, M. A.; Horswill, A. R.; McNamara, J. O.,
2nd Nature medicine 2014, 20, 301. - (12) Burghardt, E. L.; Flenker, K. S.; Clark, K. C.; Miguel, J.; Ince, D.; Winokur, P.; Ford, B.; McNamara, J. O., II PloS one 2016, 11, e0157234.
- (13) Mirkin, C. A.; Letsinger, R. L.; Mucic, R. C.; Storhoff, J. J. Nature 1996, 382, 607.
- (14) Saha, K.; Agasti, S. S.; Kim, C.; Li, X.; Rotello, V. M. Chemical reviews 2012, 112, 2739.
- (15) Lee, J. B.; Campolongo, M. J.; Kahn, J. S.; Roh, Y. H.; Hartman, M. R.; Luo,
D. Nanoscale 2010, 2, 188. - (16) Seo, S.-H.; Lee, Y.-R.; Ho Jeon, J.; Hwang, Y.-R.; Park, P.-G.; Ahn, D.-R.; Han, K.-C.; Rhie, G.-E.; Hong, K.-J. Biosensors and Bioelectronics 2015, 64, 69.
- (17) Sattarahmady, N.; Tondro, G. H.; Gholchin, M.; Heli, H.
Biochemical Engineering Journal 2015, 97, 1. - (18) Xu, X.; Han, M. S.; Mirkin, C. A. Angewandte Chemie (International ed. in English) 2007, 46, 3468.
- (19) Lee, J. S.; Han, M. S.; Mirkin, C. A. Angewandte Chemie (International ed. in English) 2007, 46, 4093.
- (20) Liu, J.; Lu, Y. Journal of the
American Chemical Society 2003, 125, 6642. - (21) Zhao, W.; Lam, J. C.; Chiuman, W.; Brook, M. A.; Li, Y. Small (Weinheim an der Bergstrasse, Germany) 2008, 4, 810.
- (22) Guo, L.; Xu, Y.; Ferhan, A. R.; Chen, G.; Kim, D.-H. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2013, 135, 12338.
- (23) Sanvicens, N.; Pastells, C.; Pascual, N.; Marco, M. P. TrAC Trends in Analytical Chemistry 2009, 28, 1243.
- (24) Sung, Y. J.; Suk, H. J.; Sung, H. Y.; Li, T.; Poo, H.; Kim, M. G. Biosensors & bioelectronics 2013, 43, 432.
- (25) Yuan, J.; Wu, S.; Duan, N.; Ma, X.; Xia, Y.; Chen, J.; Ding, Z.; Wang, Z. Talanta 2014, 127, 163.
- (26) Chan, W. S.; Tang, B. S.; Boost, M. V.; Chow, C.; Leung, P. H. Biosensors & bioelectronics 2014, 53, 105.
- (27) Wang, J.; Gao, J.; Liu, D.; Han, D.; Wang, Z. Nanoscale 2012, 4, 451.
- (28) Beintema, J. J.; Schuller, C.; Irie, M.; Carsana, A. Progress in biophysics and molecular biology 1988, 51, 165.
- (29) Syed, M. A.; Bokhari, S. H. Journal of
biomedical nanotechnology 2011, 7, 229. - (30) Macfarlane, R. J.; Jones, M. R.; Senesi, A. J.; Young, K. L.; Lee, B.; Wu, J.; Mirkin, C. A. Angewandte Chemie (International ed. in English) 2010, 49, 4589.
- (31) Hurst, S. J.; Lytton-Jean, A. K.; Mirkin, C. A. Analytical chemistry 2006, 78, 8313.
- (32) Alexander, M.; Heppel, L. A.; Hurwitz, J. The Journal of biological chemistry 1961, 236, 3014.
- (33) Cuatrecasas, P.; Fuchs, S.; Anfinsen, C. B. The Journal of biological chemistry 1967, 242, 3063.
- (34) Raines, R. T. Chemical reviews 1998, 98, 1045.
- (35) Marshall, G. R.; Feng, J. A.; Kuster, D. J. Biopolymers 2008, 90, 259.
- (36) Alkilany, A. M.; Abulateefeh, S. R.; Mills, K. K.; Yaseen, A. I.; Hamaly, M. A.; Alkhatib, H. S.; Aiedeh, K. M.; Stone, J. W. Langmuir: the ACS journal of surfaces and
colloids 2014, 30, 13799. - (37) Grilo Iê, R.; Ludovice, A. M.; Tomasz, A.; de Lencastre, H.; Sobral, R. G.
MicrobiologyOpen 2014, 3, 247. - (38) Mackey-Lawrence, N. M.; Potter, D. E.; Cerca, N.; Jefferson, K. K.
2009, 9, 1.BMC Microbiology - (39) Ghssein, G.; Brutesco, C.; Ouerdane, L.; Fojcik, C.; Izaute, A.; Wang, S.; Hajjar, C.; Lobinski, R.; Lemaire, D.; Richaud, P.; Voulhoux, R.; Espaillat, A.; Cava, F.; Pignol, D.; Borezee-Durant, E.; Arnoux, P. Science (New York, N.Y.) 2016, 352, 1105.
- (40) Kiedrowski, M. R.; Crosby, H. A.; Hernandez, F. J.; Malone, C. L.; McNamara, J. O., 2nd; Horswill, A. R. PloS one; 2014, 9, e95574.;
- (41) Hill, H. D.; Millstone, J. E.; Banholzer, M. J.; Mirkin, C. A.
ACS nano 2009, 3, 418. - A functionalized nanoparticle comprising a nanoparticle core and a nanoparticle coating, wherein said nanoparticle coating comprises: a plurality of nucleic acid moieties bonded to said nanoparticle core, wherein each of said nucleic acid moieties comprises: (i) a first linker binding said nucleic acid moiety to said nanoparticle core; and (ii) a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence of about 50 or less nucleotides in length covalently attached to said first linker, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence comprises a nuclease cleavage site.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of
embodiment 1, wherein said nanoparticle core is about 3 to about 20 nm in length. - The functionalized nanoparticle of
1 or 2, wherein said nanoparticle core is an inorganic nanoparticle core.embodiment - The functionalized nanoparticle one of embodiments 1-3, wherein said nanoparticle core is a metal nanoparticle core.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of
embodiment 4, wherein said metal nanoparticle core comprises titanium, zirconium, gold, silver, platinum, cerium, arsenic, iron, aluminum or silicon. - The functionalized nanoparticle of
embodiment 5, wherein said metal nanoparticle core is a gold nanoparticle core. - The functionalized nanoparticle of
1 or 2, wherein said nanoparticle core is a polymeric core.embodiment - The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-7, wherein said nanoparticle core comprises an outer shell layer and an inner layer, wherein said outer shell layer is chemically distinct from said inner layer.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-8, wherein said first linker is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR1—, —C(O)NR2—, —S(O)n—, —S(O)NR3—, —OP(O)(OR4)O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, an amino acid sequence linker, or a nucleic acid sequence linker; R1, R2, R3, R4, are independently hydrogen, halogen, —N3, —NO2, —CF3, —CCl3, —CBr3, —CI3, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2Cl, —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —OCH3, —NHCNHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and n is 1 or 2.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-9, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 40 or less nucleotides in length.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-10, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 30 or less nucleotides in length.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-11, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 20 or less nucleotides in length.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-12, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 15 or less nucleotides in length.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-13, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 11 nucleotides in length.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-14, wherein said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence comprises a modified nucleotide.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of
embodiment 15, wherein said modified nucleotide is a 2′O-methylated nucleotide. - The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-16, wherein said nuclease cleavage site comprises an unmodified nucleotide.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 17, wherein said unmodified nucleotide is a deoxythymidine.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-18, wherein said nuclease cleavage site is a bacterial nuclease cleavage site.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 19, wherein said nuclease cleavage site is a micrococcal nuclease cleavage site.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-20, wherein each of said nucleic acid moieties further comprises a water soluble moiety covalently attached to said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence through a second linker.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 21, wherein said water soluble moiety is a water soluble polymer moiety.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 22, wherein said water soluble polymer moiety is a biopolymer moiety, an alkylpolyamine moiety, an alkylpolyamide moiety, an alkylpolyether moiety, an alkylpolysulfonates moiety, a polyacrylamide moiety, a carbohydrate moiety or an alkylpolyalcohol moiety.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of embodiment 23, wherein said alkylpolyether moiety is a PEG moiety.
- The functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 21-24, wherein said second linker is a bond, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR1A—, —C(O)NR2A—, —S(O)n.1—, —S(O)NR3A-, —OP(O)(OR4A)O—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, an amino acid sequence linker, or a nucleic acid sequence linker; R1A, R2A, R3A, R4A, are independently hydrogen,
- halogen, —N3, —NO2, —CF3, —CCl3, —CBr3, —CI3, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2Cl, —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —OCH3, —NHCNHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and n.1 is independently 1 or 2.
- A plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, wherein each functionalized nanoparticle is a functionalized nanoparticle of one of embodiments 1-25.
- The plurality of functionalized nanoparticles of embodiment 26, wherein said nanoparticles are in a vessel.
- The plurality of functionalized nanoparticles of embodiment 27, wherein said vessel is in a spectrophotometry device.
- A method of forming a nanoparticle aggregate, said method comprising: (i) contacting a nuclease with the plurality of functionalized nanoparticles of embodiment 26; and (ii) allowing said nuclease to cleave said single-stranded nucleic acid sequence at said nuclease cleavage site of said plurality of functionalized nanoparticles, thereby forming a nanoparticle aggregate.
- The method of embodiment 29, further comprising detecting said nanoparticle aggregate.
- The method of
embodiment 30, wherein said detecting comprises colorimetric detection of said nanoparticle aggregate. - The method of embodiment 27, wherein said allowing of step (ii) comprises forming a plurality of cleaved functionalized nanoparticles comprising a cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence.
- The method of embodiment 32, wherein said cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 20 nucleotides in length.
- The method of
embodiment 32 or 33, wherein said cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is less than about 10 nucleotides in length. - The method of one of embodiments 32-34, wherein said cleaved single-stranded nucleic acid sequence is about 5 nucleotides in length.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/339,654 US20170122938A1 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2016-10-31 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
| US16/789,277 US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2020-02-12 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562249080P | 2015-10-30 | 2015-10-30 | |
| US15/339,654 US20170122938A1 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2016-10-31 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/789,277 Continuation US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2020-02-12 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20170122938A1 true US20170122938A1 (en) | 2017-05-04 |
Family
ID=58634494
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/339,654 Abandoned US20170122938A1 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2016-10-31 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
| US16/789,277 Active 2037-01-30 US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2020-02-12 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/789,277 Active 2037-01-30 US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2020-02-12 | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US20170122938A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20180000973A1 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2018-01-04 | Frank J. HERNÁNDEZ HINCAPÉ | Agents for use in the detection of nuclease activity |
| CN108896521A (en) * | 2018-06-20 | 2018-11-27 | 湖南城市学院 | A kind of fluorescence analysis method of dark green tea antioxidant activity |
| EP3933046A1 (en) | 2020-07-03 | 2022-01-05 | Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas (CSIC) | Method for colorimetric detection of bacteria in food samples |
| US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2023-01-10 | City Of Hope | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
| US11624744B2 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2023-04-11 | Fondazione Istituto Italiano Di Tecnologia | Method and device for recording intracellular action potential in electrogenic cells |
| EP4243873B1 (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2025-02-19 | Frank J. Hernandez | Therapeutic-oligonucleotides activated by nucleases |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20230146870A1 (en) * | 2021-11-01 | 2023-05-11 | Ohio State Innovation Foundation | Method to quantify affinity and selectivity of small molecules for proteins in living cells |
Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6214552B1 (en) * | 1998-09-17 | 2001-04-10 | Igen International, Inc. | Assays for measuring nucleic acid damaging activities |
| US20010023063A1 (en) * | 1997-05-23 | 2001-09-20 | Mark M. Richter | Assays employing electrochemiluminescent labels and electrochemiluminescence quenchers |
| US20040002089A1 (en) * | 2000-08-29 | 2004-01-01 | Benoit Dubertret | Methods employing fluorescence quenching by metal surfaces |
| US20140134609A1 (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2014-05-15 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Enzymatic metal nanoparticle sensor for detecting dna binders |
| US20140199245A1 (en) * | 2011-09-01 | 2014-07-17 | Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. | Oligonucleotide-based probes for detection of bacterial nucleases |
| WO2015160317A1 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2015-10-22 | Nanobiz Nanobiyoteknolojik Sistemler Egitim Bilisim Danismanlik Ar-Ge San.Tic. Ltd. Sti. | Applications and tools based on silica particles coated with biological or synthetic molecules |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5194372A (en) * | 1989-07-10 | 1993-03-16 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for detecting disorders in genomic substances |
| US20170122938A1 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2017-05-04 | City Of Hope | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
-
2016
- 2016-10-31 US US15/339,654 patent/US20170122938A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2020
- 2020-02-12 US US16/789,277 patent/US11549941B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20010023063A1 (en) * | 1997-05-23 | 2001-09-20 | Mark M. Richter | Assays employing electrochemiluminescent labels and electrochemiluminescence quenchers |
| US6214552B1 (en) * | 1998-09-17 | 2001-04-10 | Igen International, Inc. | Assays for measuring nucleic acid damaging activities |
| US20040002089A1 (en) * | 2000-08-29 | 2004-01-01 | Benoit Dubertret | Methods employing fluorescence quenching by metal surfaces |
| US20140199245A1 (en) * | 2011-09-01 | 2014-07-17 | Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. | Oligonucleotide-based probes for detection of bacterial nucleases |
| US20140134609A1 (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2014-05-15 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Enzymatic metal nanoparticle sensor for detecting dna binders |
| WO2015160317A1 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2015-10-22 | Nanobiz Nanobiyoteknolojik Sistemler Egitim Bilisim Danismanlik Ar-Ge San.Tic. Ltd. Sti. | Applications and tools based on silica particles coated with biological or synthetic molecules |
| US20170172935A1 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2017-06-22 | Nanobiz Nanobiyoteknolojik Sistemler Egitim Bilisim Danismanlik Ar-Ge San.Tic. Ltd. Sti. | Applications and tools based on silica particles coated with biological or synthetic molecules |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
| Title |
|---|
| Liu et al. "novel method to detect DNA methylation using gold nanoparticles coupled with enzyme-linkage reactions" Analyticcal Chemistry, 2010, 82: 229-233. * |
| Ray et al "Gold nanoparticle based FRET assay for the detection of DNA cleavage", J Physical Chemistry B, 2006, 110: 20745-20748. * |
| Ray, et al. Supporting Information: Gold nanoparticle based FRET assay for the detection of DNA cleavage", J Physical Chemistry B, 2006, vol. 110, pages1-2. * |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20180000973A1 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2018-01-04 | Frank J. HERNÁNDEZ HINCAPÉ | Agents for use in the detection of nuclease activity |
| US11549941B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2023-01-10 | City Of Hope | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles |
| US11624744B2 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2023-04-11 | Fondazione Istituto Italiano Di Tecnologia | Method and device for recording intracellular action potential in electrogenic cells |
| CN108896521A (en) * | 2018-06-20 | 2018-11-27 | 湖南城市学院 | A kind of fluorescence analysis method of dark green tea antioxidant activity |
| EP3933046A1 (en) | 2020-07-03 | 2022-01-05 | Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas (CSIC) | Method for colorimetric detection of bacteria in food samples |
| WO2022003201A1 (en) | 2020-07-03 | 2022-01-06 | Consejo Superior De Investigaciones Cientificas | Method for colorimetric detection of bacteria in food samples |
| EP4243873B1 (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2025-02-19 | Frank J. Hernandez | Therapeutic-oligonucleotides activated by nucleases |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US11549941B2 (en) | 2023-01-10 |
| US20200191781A1 (en) | 2020-06-18 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11549941B2 (en) | Nucleic acid-functionalized nanoparticles | |
| Zhang et al. | Biosystem‐inspired engineering of nanozymes for biomedical applications | |
| Shcharbin et al. | Hybrid metal-organic nanoflowers and their application in biotechnology and medicine | |
| Wu et al. | Nanomaterials with enzyme-like characteristics (nanozymes): next-generation artificial enzymes (II) | |
| Bruce et al. | Surface modification of magnetic nanoparticles with alkoxysilanes and their application in magnetic bioseparations | |
| US10669534B2 (en) | Nanocaged enzymes with enhanced catalytic activity and increased stability | |
| Tang et al. | The graphene/nucleic acid nanobiointerface | |
| Keum et al. | Biomimetic and bioorthogonal nanozymes for biomedical applications | |
| Wang et al. | Functional titanium carbide MXenes-loaded entropy-driven RNA explorer for long noncoding RNA PCA3 imaging in live cells | |
| Cutler et al. | Polyvalent oligonucleotide iron oxide nanoparticle “click” conjugates | |
| CN106794256B (en) | Protein/oligonucleotide core-shell nanoparticle therapeutics | |
| Zhang et al. | In situ growth of positively-charged gold nanoparticles on single-walled carbon nanotubes as a highly active peroxidase mimetic and its application in biosensing | |
| Sun et al. | Bioorthogonal catalytic nanozyme-mediated lysosomal membrane leakage for targeted drug delivery | |
| Li et al. | Smart pH-regulated switchable nanoprobes for photoelectrochemical multiplex detection of antibiotic resistance genes | |
| Li et al. | Polyoxometalates as potential artificial enzymes toward biological applications | |
| BAO et al. | Recent advances in graphene-based nanomaterials for biomedical applications | |
| Zandieh et al. | Interfacing DNA and polydopamine nanoparticles and its applications | |
| Wang et al. | Peroxidase‐mimetic copper‐doped carbon‐dots for oxidative stress‐mediated broad‐spectrum and efficient antibacterial activity | |
| Katana et al. | Self-assembly of protamine biomacromolecule on halloysite nanotubes for immobilization of superoxide dismutase enzyme | |
| JP2018531245A (en) | Oligonucleotide conjugation method | |
| JP2018531245A6 (en) | Oligonucleotide conjugation method | |
| Su et al. | Metal–Organic Framework-Loaded Engineering DNAzyme for the Self-Powered Amplified Detection of MicroRNA | |
| EP1142591B1 (en) | Gene carriers | |
| Yao et al. | Graphene oxide selectively enhances thermostability of trypsin | |
| US20240158776A1 (en) | Nanocaged enzymes with enhanced catalytic activity and increased stability |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CITY OF HOPE, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BERLIN, JACOB;TIET, PAMELA;SIGNING DATES FROM 20151216 TO 20151221;REEL/FRAME:040907/0326 |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |